| File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp |
| Warning: | line 8703, column 9 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines the code-completion semantic actions. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" |
| 13 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" |
| 14 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" |
| 15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" |
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" |
| 36 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" |
| 37 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
| 38 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
| 39 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" |
| 40 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" |
| 47 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" |
| 48 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
| 49 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 50 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 51 | #include "llvm/Support/Path.h" |
| 52 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
| 53 | #include <list> |
| 54 | #include <map> |
| 55 | #include <string> |
| 56 | #include <vector> |
| 57 | |
| 58 | using namespace clang; |
| 59 | using namespace sema; |
| 60 | |
| 61 | namespace { |
| 62 | /// A container of code-completion results. |
| 63 | class ResultBuilder { |
| 64 | public: |
| 65 | /// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the |
| 66 | /// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in |
| 67 | /// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be |
| 68 | /// filtered out (returns false). |
| 69 | typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const; |
| 70 | |
| 71 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 72 | |
| 73 | private: |
| 74 | /// The actual results we have found. |
| 75 | std::vector<Result> Results; |
| 76 | |
| 77 | /// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed |
| 78 | /// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into |
| 79 | /// the result set twice. |
| 80 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound; |
| 81 | |
| 82 | typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair; |
| 83 | |
| 84 | /// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store |
| 85 | /// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but |
| 86 | /// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings. |
| 87 | class ShadowMapEntry { |
| 88 | typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector; |
| 89 | |
| 90 | /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector |
| 91 | /// of (declaration, index) pairs. |
| 92 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector; |
| 93 | |
| 94 | /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is |
| 95 | /// the index associated with that entry. |
| 96 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; |
| 97 | |
| 98 | public: |
| 99 | ShadowMapEntry() : DeclOrVector(), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} |
| 100 | ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; |
| 101 | ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); } |
| 102 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete; |
| 103 | ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { |
| 104 | SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex; |
| 105 | DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector; |
| 106 | Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr; |
| 107 | return *this; |
| 108 | } |
| 109 | |
| 110 | void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) { |
| 111 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) { |
| 112 | // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information. |
| 113 | DeclOrVector = ND; |
| 114 | SingleDeclIndex = Index; |
| 115 | return; |
| 116 | } |
| 117 | |
| 118 | if (const NamedDecl *PrevND = |
| 119 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) { |
| 120 | // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the |
| 121 | // existing declaration. |
| 122 | DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector; |
| 123 | Vec->push_back(DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex)); |
| 124 | DeclOrVector = Vec; |
| 125 | } |
| 126 | |
| 127 | // Add the new element to the end of the vector. |
| 128 | DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back( |
| 129 | DeclIndexPair(ND, Index)); |
| 130 | } |
| 131 | |
| 132 | ~ShadowMapEntry() { |
| 133 | if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = |
| 134 | DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) { |
| 135 | delete Vec; |
| 136 | DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr); |
| 137 | } |
| 138 | } |
| 139 | |
| 140 | // Iteration. |
| 141 | class iterator; |
| 142 | iterator begin() const; |
| 143 | iterator end() const; |
| 144 | }; |
| 145 | |
| 146 | /// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have |
| 147 | /// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of |
| 148 | /// results. |
| 149 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap; |
| 150 | |
| 151 | /// The semantic analysis object for which results are being |
| 152 | /// produced. |
| 153 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 154 | |
| 155 | /// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings. |
| 156 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator; |
| 157 | |
| 158 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo; |
| 159 | |
| 160 | /// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion |
| 161 | /// results that are not desirable. |
| 162 | LookupFilter Filter; |
| 163 | |
| 164 | /// Whether we should allow declarations as |
| 165 | /// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out. |
| 166 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers; |
| 167 | |
| 168 | /// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value |
| 169 | /// declarations to have. |
| 170 | /// |
| 171 | /// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's |
| 172 | /// priority. |
| 173 | CanQualType PreferredType; |
| 174 | |
| 175 | /// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at |
| 176 | /// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy. |
| 177 | std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps; |
| 178 | |
| 179 | /// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup. |
| 180 | /// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another. |
| 181 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry> |
| 182 | OverloadMap; |
| 183 | |
| 184 | /// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set |
| 185 | /// of qualifiers applied to the object type. |
| 186 | Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers; |
| 187 | /// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads. |
| 188 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind; |
| 189 | |
| 190 | /// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active. |
| 191 | bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers; |
| 192 | |
| 193 | /// The selector that we prefer. |
| 194 | Selector PreferredSelector; |
| 195 | |
| 196 | /// The completion context in which we are gathering results. |
| 197 | CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext; |
| 198 | |
| 199 | /// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation |
| 200 | /// object. |
| 201 | ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation; |
| 202 | |
| 203 | void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R); |
| 204 | |
| 205 | void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R); |
| 206 | |
| 207 | public: |
| 208 | explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
| 209 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 210 | const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext, |
| 211 | LookupFilter Filter = nullptr) |
| 212 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo), |
| 213 | Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false), |
| 214 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext), |
| 215 | ObjCImplementation(nullptr) { |
| 216 | // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the |
| 217 | // corresponding implementation. |
| 218 | switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) { |
| 219 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression: |
| 220 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver: |
| 221 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 222 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement: |
| 223 | case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery: |
| 224 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) |
| 225 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) |
| 226 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface()) |
| 227 | ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation(); |
| 228 | break; |
| 229 | |
| 230 | default: |
| 231 | break; |
| 232 | } |
| 233 | } |
| 234 | |
| 235 | /// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration. |
| 236 | unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D); |
| 237 | |
| 238 | /// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion |
| 239 | /// results. |
| 240 | bool includeCodePatterns() const { |
| 241 | return SemaRef.CodeCompleter && |
| 242 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns(); |
| 243 | } |
| 244 | |
| 245 | /// Set the filter used for code-completion results. |
| 246 | void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; } |
| 247 | |
| 248 | Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); } |
| 249 | unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); } |
| 250 | bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); } |
| 251 | |
| 252 | /// Specify the preferred type. |
| 253 | void setPreferredType(QualType T) { |
| 254 | PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); |
| 255 | } |
| 256 | |
| 257 | /// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering |
| 258 | /// calls to member functions. |
| 259 | /// |
| 260 | /// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter |
| 261 | /// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a |
| 262 | /// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier |
| 263 | /// match. |
| 264 | void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) { |
| 265 | ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals; |
| 266 | ObjectKind = Kind; |
| 267 | HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true; |
| 268 | } |
| 269 | |
| 270 | /// Set the preferred selector. |
| 271 | /// |
| 272 | /// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that |
| 273 | /// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method |
| 274 | /// a slight priority boost. |
| 275 | void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; } |
| 276 | |
| 277 | /// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are |
| 278 | /// being collected. |
| 279 | const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const { |
| 280 | return CompletionContext; |
| 281 | } |
| 282 | |
| 283 | /// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed. |
| 284 | void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) { |
| 285 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow; |
| 286 | } |
| 287 | |
| 288 | /// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting |
| 289 | /// code completion results. |
| 290 | Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; } |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings. |
| 293 | CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; } |
| 294 | |
| 295 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; } |
| 296 | |
| 297 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting |
| 298 | /// as a code-completion result. |
| 299 | /// |
| 300 | /// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting. |
| 301 | /// |
| 302 | /// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is |
| 303 | /// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier. |
| 304 | bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 305 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | /// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration. |
| 308 | /// |
| 309 | /// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if |
| 310 | /// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be |
| 311 | /// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra |
| 312 | /// qualification). |
| 313 | bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 314 | const NamedDecl *Hiding); |
| 315 | |
| 316 | /// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one |
| 317 | /// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a |
| 318 | /// redeclaration). |
| 319 | /// |
| 320 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). |
| 321 | /// |
| 322 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. |
| 323 | void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr); |
| 324 | |
| 325 | /// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know |
| 326 | /// the hiding declaration (if any). |
| 327 | /// |
| 328 | /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique). |
| 329 | /// |
| 330 | /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named. |
| 331 | /// |
| 332 | /// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result. |
| 333 | /// |
| 334 | /// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base |
| 335 | /// class of the searched context. |
| 336 | void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding, |
| 337 | bool InBaseClass); |
| 338 | |
| 339 | /// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set. |
| 340 | void AddResult(Result R); |
| 341 | |
| 342 | /// Enter into a new scope. |
| 343 | void EnterNewScope(); |
| 344 | |
| 345 | /// Exit from the current scope. |
| 346 | void ExitScope(); |
| 347 | |
| 348 | /// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again. |
| 349 | void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(D->getCanonicalDecl()); } |
| 350 | |
| 351 | /// Add a visited context. |
| 352 | void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) { |
| 353 | CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx); |
| 354 | } |
| 355 | |
| 356 | /// \name Name lookup predicates |
| 357 | /// |
| 358 | /// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the |
| 359 | /// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that |
| 360 | /// |
| 361 | //@{ |
| 362 | bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 363 | bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 364 | bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 365 | bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 366 | bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 367 | bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 368 | bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 369 | bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 370 | bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 371 | bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 372 | bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 373 | bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 374 | bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 375 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 376 | bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 377 | bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 378 | bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const; |
| 379 | //@} |
| 380 | }; |
| 381 | } // namespace |
| 382 | |
| 383 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { |
| 384 | if (!Enabled) |
| 385 | return; |
| 386 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(S.CurContext)) { |
| 387 | if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) { |
| 388 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 389 | Type = BSI->ReturnType; |
| 390 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 391 | } |
| 392 | } else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) { |
| 393 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 394 | Type = Function->getReturnType(); |
| 395 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 396 | } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) { |
| 397 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 398 | Type = Method->getReturnType(); |
| 399 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 400 | } |
| 401 | } |
| 402 | |
| 403 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) { |
| 404 | if (!Enabled) |
| 405 | return; |
| 406 | auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D); |
| 407 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 408 | Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType(); |
| 409 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | |
| 412 | static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig); |
| 413 | |
| 414 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok, |
| 415 | QualType BaseType, |
| 416 | const Designation &D) { |
| 417 | if (!Enabled) |
| 418 | return; |
| 419 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 420 | Type = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D); |
| 421 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 422 | } |
| 423 | |
| 424 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument( |
| 425 | SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) { |
| 426 | if (!Enabled) |
| 427 | return; |
| 428 | this->ComputeType = ComputeType; |
| 429 | Type = QualType(); |
| 430 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 431 | } |
| 432 | |
| 433 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, |
| 434 | SourceLocation LParLoc) { |
| 435 | if (!Enabled) |
| 436 | return; |
| 437 | // expected type for parenthesized expression does not change. |
| 438 | if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc) |
| 439 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 440 | } |
| 441 | |
| 442 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, |
| 443 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
| 444 | if (!LHS) |
| 445 | return QualType(); |
| 446 | |
| 447 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); |
| 448 | if (LHSType->isPointerType()) { |
| 449 | if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal) |
| 450 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType(); |
| 451 | // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer. |
| 452 | if (Op == tok::minus) |
| 453 | return LHSType; |
| 454 | } |
| 455 | |
| 456 | switch (Op) { |
| 457 | // No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS. |
| 458 | case tok::comma: |
| 459 | return QualType(); |
| 460 | // Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these. |
| 461 | // Arithmetic operations. |
| 462 | case tok::plus: |
| 463 | case tok::plusequal: |
| 464 | case tok::minus: |
| 465 | case tok::minusequal: |
| 466 | case tok::percent: |
| 467 | case tok::percentequal: |
| 468 | case tok::slash: |
| 469 | case tok::slashequal: |
| 470 | case tok::star: |
| 471 | case tok::starequal: |
| 472 | // Assignment. |
| 473 | case tok::equal: |
| 474 | // Comparison operators. |
| 475 | case tok::equalequal: |
| 476 | case tok::exclaimequal: |
| 477 | case tok::less: |
| 478 | case tok::lessequal: |
| 479 | case tok::greater: |
| 480 | case tok::greaterequal: |
| 481 | case tok::spaceship: |
| 482 | return LHS->getType(); |
| 483 | // Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those. |
| 484 | case tok::greatergreater: |
| 485 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: |
| 486 | case tok::lessless: |
| 487 | case tok::lesslessequal: |
| 488 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
| 489 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
| 490 | return QualType(); |
| 491 | // Logical operators, assume we want bool. |
| 492 | case tok::ampamp: |
| 493 | case tok::pipepipe: |
| 494 | case tok::caretcaret: |
| 495 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
| 496 | // Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type |
| 497 | // of the left argument. |
| 498 | case tok::pipe: |
| 499 | case tok::pipeequal: |
| 500 | case tok::caret: |
| 501 | case tok::caretequal: |
| 502 | case tok::amp: |
| 503 | case tok::ampequal: |
| 504 | if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
| 505 | return LHSType; |
| 506 | return QualType(); |
| 507 | // RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give |
| 508 | // any particular type here. |
| 509 | case tok::periodstar: |
| 510 | case tok::arrowstar: |
| 511 | return QualType(); |
| 512 | default: |
| 513 | // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion. |
| 514 | // assert(false && "unhandled binary op"); |
| 515 | return QualType(); |
| 516 | } |
| 517 | } |
| 518 | |
| 519 | /// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is |
| 520 | /// preferred type of the whole unary expression. |
| 521 | static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType, |
| 522 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
| 523 | switch (Op) { |
| 524 | case tok::exclaim: |
| 525 | return S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
| 526 | case tok::amp: |
| 527 | if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType()) |
| 528 | return ContextType->getPointeeType(); |
| 529 | return QualType(); |
| 530 | case tok::star: |
| 531 | if (ContextType.isNull()) |
| 532 | return QualType(); |
| 533 | return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(ContextType.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 534 | case tok::plus: |
| 535 | case tok::minus: |
| 536 | case tok::tilde: |
| 537 | case tok::minusminus: |
| 538 | case tok::plusplus: |
| 539 | if (ContextType.isNull()) |
| 540 | return S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
| 541 | // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type. |
| 542 | return ContextType; |
| 543 | case tok::kw___real: |
| 544 | case tok::kw___imag: |
| 545 | return QualType(); |
| 546 | default: |
| 547 | assert(false && "unhandled unary op")((void)0); |
| 548 | return QualType(); |
| 549 | } |
| 550 | } |
| 551 | |
| 552 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, |
| 553 | tok::TokenKind Op) { |
| 554 | if (!Enabled) |
| 555 | return; |
| 556 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 557 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op); |
| 558 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 559 | } |
| 560 | |
| 561 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
| 562 | Expr *Base) { |
| 563 | if (!Enabled || !Base) |
| 564 | return; |
| 565 | // Do we have expected type for Base? |
| 566 | if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc()) |
| 567 | return; |
| 568 | // Keep the expected type, only update the location. |
| 569 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 570 | return; |
| 571 | } |
| 572 | |
| 573 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
| 574 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 575 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
| 576 | if (!Enabled) |
| 577 | return; |
| 578 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 579 | Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind); |
| 580 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 581 | } |
| 582 | |
| 583 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, |
| 584 | Expr *LHS) { |
| 585 | if (!Enabled) |
| 586 | return; |
| 587 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 588 | Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy; |
| 589 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 590 | } |
| 591 | |
| 592 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, |
| 593 | QualType CastType) { |
| 594 | if (!Enabled) |
| 595 | return; |
| 596 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 597 | Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType(); |
| 598 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 599 | } |
| 600 | |
| 601 | void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) { |
| 602 | if (!Enabled) |
| 603 | return; |
| 604 | ComputeType = nullptr; |
| 605 | Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy; |
| 606 | ExpectedLoc = Tok; |
| 607 | } |
| 608 | |
| 609 | class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator { |
| 610 | llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator; |
| 611 | unsigned SingleDeclIndex; |
| 612 | |
| 613 | public: |
| 614 | typedef DeclIndexPair value_type; |
| 615 | typedef value_type reference; |
| 616 | typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type; |
| 617 | typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category; |
| 618 | |
| 619 | class pointer { |
| 620 | DeclIndexPair Value; |
| 621 | |
| 622 | public: |
| 623 | pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {} |
| 624 | |
| 625 | const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; } |
| 626 | }; |
| 627 | |
| 628 | iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} |
| 629 | |
| 630 | iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index) |
| 631 | : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {} |
| 632 | |
| 633 | iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator) |
| 634 | : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {} |
| 635 | |
| 636 | iterator &operator++() { |
| 637 | if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) { |
| 638 | DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr; |
| 639 | SingleDeclIndex = 0; |
| 640 | return *this; |
| 641 | } |
| 642 | |
| 643 | const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); |
| 644 | ++I; |
| 645 | DeclOrIterator = I; |
| 646 | return *this; |
| 647 | } |
| 648 | |
| 649 | /*iterator operator++(int) { |
| 650 | iterator tmp(*this); |
| 651 | ++(*this); |
| 652 | return tmp; |
| 653 | }*/ |
| 654 | |
| 655 | reference operator*() const { |
| 656 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) |
| 657 | return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex); |
| 658 | |
| 659 | return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>(); |
| 660 | } |
| 661 | |
| 662 | pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); } |
| 663 | |
| 664 | friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { |
| 665 | return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() == |
| 666 | Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() && |
| 667 | X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex; |
| 668 | } |
| 669 | |
| 670 | friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) { |
| 671 | return !(X == Y); |
| 672 | } |
| 673 | }; |
| 674 | |
| 675 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator |
| 676 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const { |
| 677 | if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) |
| 678 | return iterator(); |
| 679 | |
| 680 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) |
| 681 | return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex); |
| 682 | |
| 683 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin()); |
| 684 | } |
| 685 | |
| 686 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator |
| 687 | ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const { |
| 688 | if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull()) |
| 689 | return iterator(); |
| 690 | |
| 691 | return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end()); |
| 692 | } |
| 693 | |
| 694 | /// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context |
| 695 | /// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext). |
| 696 | /// |
| 697 | /// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used. |
| 698 | /// |
| 699 | /// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is |
| 700 | /// typically based on the current scope. |
| 701 | /// |
| 702 | /// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually |
| 703 | /// resides. |
| 704 | /// |
| 705 | /// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or |
| 706 | /// NULL if no qualification is needed. |
| 707 | static NestedNameSpecifier * |
| 708 | getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 709 | const DeclContext *TargetContext) { |
| 710 | SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents; |
| 711 | |
| 712 | for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext; |
| 713 | CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext); |
| 714 | CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) { |
| 715 | if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() || |
| 716 | CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 717 | continue; |
| 718 | |
| 719 | TargetParents.push_back(CommonAncestor); |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | |
| 722 | NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr; |
| 723 | while (!TargetParents.empty()) { |
| 724 | const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val(); |
| 725 | |
| 726 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent)) { |
| 727 | if (!Namespace->getIdentifier()) |
| 728 | continue; |
| 729 | |
| 730 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Result, Namespace); |
| 731 | } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Parent)) |
| 732 | Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
| 733 | Context, Result, false, Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr()); |
| 734 | } |
| 735 | return Result; |
| 736 | } |
| 737 | |
| 738 | // Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show. |
| 739 | // Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a |
| 740 | // system header. |
| 741 | static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) { |
| 742 | ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = ND->isReserved(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
| 743 | // Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls. |
| 744 | if ((Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::NotReserved) && |
| 745 | (Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::StartsWithUnderscoreAtGlobalScope) && |
| 746 | ND->getLocation().isInvalid()) |
| 747 | return true; |
| 748 | |
| 749 | // For system headers ignore only double-underscore names. |
| 750 | // This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single |
| 751 | // underscore. |
| 752 | if (Status == ReservedIdentifierStatus::StartsWithDoubleUnderscore && |
| 753 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader( |
| 754 | SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(ND->getLocation()))) |
| 755 | return true; |
| 756 | |
| 757 | return false; |
| 758 | } |
| 759 | |
| 760 | bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 761 | bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const { |
| 762 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
| 763 | |
| 764 | auto *Named = ND; |
| 765 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 766 | |
| 767 | // Skip unnamed entities. |
| 768 | if (!ND->getDeclName()) |
| 769 | return false; |
| 770 | |
| 771 | // Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never |
| 772 | // added as results. |
| 773 | if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared) |
| 774 | return false; |
| 775 | |
| 776 | // Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results. |
| 777 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND) || |
| 778 | isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(ND)) |
| 779 | return false; |
| 780 | |
| 781 | // Using declarations themselves are never added as results. |
| 782 | if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) |
| 783 | return false; |
| 784 | |
| 785 | if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef)) |
| 786 | return false; |
| 787 | |
| 788 | if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier || |
| 789 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace && |
| 790 | Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr)) |
| 791 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
| 792 | |
| 793 | // Filter out any unwanted results. |
| 794 | if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) { |
| 795 | // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier. |
| 796 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 797 | IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) && |
| 798 | (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember || |
| 799 | (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) && |
| 800 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) { |
| 801 | AsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
| 802 | return true; |
| 803 | } |
| 804 | |
| 805 | return false; |
| 806 | } |
| 807 | // ... then it must be interesting! |
| 808 | return true; |
| 809 | } |
| 810 | |
| 811 | bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 812 | const NamedDecl *Hiding) { |
| 813 | // In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name. |
| 814 | // FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary |
| 815 | // name if we introduce the tag type. |
| 816 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 817 | return true; |
| 818 | |
| 819 | const DeclContext *HiddenCtx = |
| 820 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 821 | |
| 822 | // There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method. |
| 823 | if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 824 | return true; |
| 825 | |
| 826 | if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) |
| 827 | return true; |
| 828 | |
| 829 | // We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it. |
| 830 | R.Hidden = true; |
| 831 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
| 832 | |
| 833 | if (!R.Qualifier) |
| 834 | R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext, |
| 835 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()); |
| 836 | return false; |
| 837 | } |
| 838 | |
| 839 | /// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two |
| 840 | /// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities. |
| 841 | SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) { |
| 842 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { |
| 843 | case Type::Builtin: |
| 844 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { |
| 845 | case BuiltinType::Void: |
| 846 | return STC_Void; |
| 847 | |
| 848 | case BuiltinType::NullPtr: |
| 849 | return STC_Pointer; |
| 850 | |
| 851 | case BuiltinType::Overload: |
| 852 | case BuiltinType::Dependent: |
| 853 | return STC_Other; |
| 854 | |
| 855 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: |
| 856 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: |
| 857 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: |
| 858 | return STC_ObjectiveC; |
| 859 | |
| 860 | default: |
| 861 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
| 862 | } |
| 863 | |
| 864 | case Type::Complex: |
| 865 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
| 866 | |
| 867 | case Type::Pointer: |
| 868 | return STC_Pointer; |
| 869 | |
| 870 | case Type::BlockPointer: |
| 871 | return STC_Block; |
| 872 | |
| 873 | case Type::LValueReference: |
| 874 | case Type::RValueReference: |
| 875 | return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType()); |
| 876 | |
| 877 | case Type::ConstantArray: |
| 878 | case Type::IncompleteArray: |
| 879 | case Type::VariableArray: |
| 880 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: |
| 881 | return STC_Array; |
| 882 | |
| 883 | case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: |
| 884 | case Type::Vector: |
| 885 | case Type::ExtVector: |
| 886 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
| 887 | |
| 888 | case Type::FunctionProto: |
| 889 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: |
| 890 | return STC_Function; |
| 891 | |
| 892 | case Type::Record: |
| 893 | return STC_Record; |
| 894 | |
| 895 | case Type::Enum: |
| 896 | return STC_Arithmetic; |
| 897 | |
| 898 | case Type::ObjCObject: |
| 899 | case Type::ObjCInterface: |
| 900 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: |
| 901 | return STC_ObjectiveC; |
| 902 | |
| 903 | default: |
| 904 | return STC_Other; |
| 905 | } |
| 906 | } |
| 907 | |
| 908 | /// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration |
| 909 | /// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form. |
| 910 | QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 911 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 912 | |
| 913 | if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND)) |
| 914 | return C.getTypeDeclType(Type); |
| 915 | if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) |
| 916 | return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Iface); |
| 917 | |
| 918 | QualType T; |
| 919 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) |
| 920 | T = Function->getCallResultType(); |
| 921 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) |
| 922 | T = Method->getSendResultType(); |
| 923 | else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) |
| 924 | T = C.getTypeDeclType(cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); |
| 925 | else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) |
| 926 | T = Property->getType(); |
| 927 | else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) |
| 928 | T = Value->getType(); |
| 929 | |
| 930 | if (T.isNull()) |
| 931 | return QualType(); |
| 932 | |
| 933 | // Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to |
| 934 | // get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is |
| 935 | // used. |
| 936 | do { |
| 937 | if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
| 938 | T = Ref->getPointeeType(); |
| 939 | continue; |
| 940 | } |
| 941 | |
| 942 | if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| 943 | if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) { |
| 944 | T = Pointer->getPointeeType(); |
| 945 | continue; |
| 946 | } |
| 947 | |
| 948 | break; |
| 949 | } |
| 950 | |
| 951 | if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
| 952 | T = Block->getPointeeType(); |
| 953 | continue; |
| 954 | } |
| 955 | |
| 956 | if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { |
| 957 | T = Function->getReturnType(); |
| 958 | continue; |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | |
| 961 | break; |
| 962 | } while (true); |
| 963 | |
| 964 | return T; |
| 965 | } |
| 966 | |
| 967 | unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 968 | if (!ND) |
| 969 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
| 970 | |
| 971 | // Context-based decisions. |
| 972 | const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 973 | if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
| 974 | // _cmd is relatively rare |
| 975 | if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND)) |
| 976 | if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() && |
| 977 | ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd")) |
| 978 | return CCP_ObjC_cmd; |
| 979 | |
| 980 | return CCP_LocalDeclaration; |
| 981 | } |
| 982 | |
| 983 | const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 984 | if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC)) { |
| 985 | // Explicit destructor calls are very rare. |
| 986 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND)) |
| 987 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
| 988 | // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare. |
| 989 | auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind(); |
| 990 | if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || |
| 991 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || |
| 992 | DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) |
| 993 | return CCP_Unlikely; |
| 994 | return CCP_MemberDeclaration; |
| 995 | } |
| 996 | |
| 997 | // Content-based decisions. |
| 998 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) |
| 999 | return CCP_Constant; |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | // Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C |
| 1002 | // message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as |
| 1003 | // likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations. |
| 1004 | if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && |
| 1005 | !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement || |
| 1006 | CompletionContext.getKind() == |
| 1007 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver || |
| 1008 | CompletionContext.getKind() == |
| 1009 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression)) |
| 1010 | return CCP_Type; |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | return CCP_Declaration; |
| 1013 | } |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) { |
| 1016 | // If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our |
| 1017 | // preferred selector, give it a priority boost. |
| 1018 | if (!PreferredSelector.isNull()) |
| 1019 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) |
| 1020 | if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector()) |
| 1021 | R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch; |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | // If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly- |
| 1024 | // matching or nearly-matching types. |
| 1025 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) { |
| 1026 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, R.Declaration); |
| 1027 | if (!T.isNull()) { |
| 1028 | CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T); |
| 1029 | // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers). |
| 1030 | if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC)) |
| 1031 | R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch; |
| 1032 | // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each. |
| 1033 | else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) == |
| 1034 | getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) && |
| 1035 | !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType())) |
| 1036 | R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; |
| 1037 | } |
| 1038 | } |
| 1039 | } |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context, |
| 1042 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { |
| 1043 | QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); |
| 1044 | DeclarationName ConstructorName = |
| 1045 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( |
| 1046 | Context.getCanonicalType(RecordTy)); |
| 1047 | return Record->lookup(ConstructorName); |
| 1048 | } |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) { |
| 1051 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration || |
| 1052 | !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults()) |
| 1053 | return; |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration; |
| 1056 | const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
| 1057 | if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| 1058 | Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1059 | else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))) { |
| 1060 | // Skip specializations and partial specializations. |
| 1061 | if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record)) |
| 1062 | return; |
| 1063 | } else { |
| 1064 | // There are no constructors here. |
| 1065 | return; |
| 1066 | } |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | Record = Record->getDefinition(); |
| 1069 | if (!Record) |
| 1070 | return; |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(SemaRef.Context, Record)) { |
| 1073 | R.Declaration = Ctor; |
| 1074 | R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration); |
| 1075 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1076 | } |
| 1077 | } |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) { |
| 1080 | if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 1081 | ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1082 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); |
| 1083 | } |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) { |
| 1086 | assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope")((void)0); |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { |
| 1089 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. |
| 1090 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1091 | return; |
| 1092 | } |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | // Look through using declarations. |
| 1095 | if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) { |
| 1096 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), |
| 1097 | getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()), |
| 1098 | R.Qualifier); |
| 1099 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; |
| 1100 | MaybeAddResult(Result, CurContext); |
| 1101 | return; |
| 1102 | } |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 1105 | unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace(); |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
| 1108 | if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) |
| 1109 | return; |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. |
| 1112 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) |
| 1113 | return; |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back(); |
| 1116 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; |
| 1117 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(R.Declaration->getDeclName()); |
| 1118 | if (NamePos != SMap.end()) { |
| 1119 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); |
| 1120 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); |
| 1121 | } |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 1124 | const NamedDecl *ND = I->first; |
| 1125 | unsigned Index = I->second; |
| 1126 | if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) { |
| 1127 | // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration. |
| 1128 | Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration; |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | // We're done. |
| 1131 | return; |
| 1132 | } |
| 1133 | } |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | // This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this |
| 1136 | // declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer |
| 1137 | // scope. |
| 1138 | std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end(); |
| 1139 | --SMEnd; |
| 1140 | for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) { |
| 1141 | ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd; |
| 1142 | ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(R.Declaration->getDeclName()); |
| 1143 | if (NamePos != SM->end()) { |
| 1144 | I = NamePos->second.begin(); |
| 1145 | IEnd = NamePos->second.end(); |
| 1146 | } |
| 1147 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 1148 | // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration. |
| 1149 | if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() && |
| 1150 | (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | |
| 1151 | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol))) |
| 1152 | continue; |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else. |
| 1155 | if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) || |
| 1156 | (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) && |
| 1157 | I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS) |
| 1158 | continue; |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map. |
| 1161 | if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, I->first)) |
| 1162 | return; |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | break; |
| 1165 | } |
| 1166 | } |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. |
| 1169 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(CanonDecl).second) |
| 1170 | return; |
| 1171 | |
| 1172 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a |
| 1173 | // nested-name-specifier. |
| 1174 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 1175 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
| 1176 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; |
| 1177 | } else |
| 1178 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. |
| 1181 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && |
| 1182 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 1183 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); |
| 1184 | if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) |
| 1185 | R.Qualifier = |
| 1186 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); |
| 1187 | else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) |
| 1188 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
| 1189 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, |
| 1190 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); |
| 1191 | else |
| 1192 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
| 1193 | } |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | // Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow |
| 1196 | // map. |
| 1197 | SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(R.Declaration, Results.size()); |
| 1198 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) |
| 1201 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); |
| 1202 | } |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) { |
| 1205 | R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass; |
| 1206 | R.InBaseClass = true; |
| 1207 | } |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated }; |
| 1210 | // Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent? |
| 1211 | // Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is |
| 1212 | // always called, BothViable if either may be called dependending on arguments. |
| 1213 | // Precondition: must actually be overloads! |
| 1214 | static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate, |
| 1215 | const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent, |
| 1216 | const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals, |
| 1217 | ExprValueKind ObjectKind) { |
| 1218 | // Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere. |
| 1219 | if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext()) |
| 1220 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1221 | if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() || |
| 1222 | Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() || |
| 1223 | Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() != |
| 1224 | Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments()) |
| 1225 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1226 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) |
| 1227 | if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() != |
| 1228 | Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType()) |
| 1229 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1230 | if (!llvm::empty(Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) || |
| 1231 | !llvm::empty(Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>())) |
| 1232 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1233 | // At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on |
| 1234 | // arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere). |
| 1235 | RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier(); |
| 1236 | RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier(); |
| 1237 | if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) { |
| 1238 | // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier |
| 1239 | // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code). |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to |
| 1242 | // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare). |
| 1243 | if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue) |
| 1244 | return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates |
| 1245 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; |
| 1246 | } |
| 1247 | // Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state). |
| 1248 | // So make some decision based on the qualifiers. |
| 1249 | Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers(); |
| 1250 | Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers(); |
| 1251 | bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(IncumbentQual); |
| 1252 | bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(CandidateQual); |
| 1253 | if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset) |
| 1254 | return OverloadCompare::BothViable; |
| 1255 | return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates |
| 1256 | : OverloadCompare::Dominated; |
| 1257 | } |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 1260 | NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false) { |
| 1261 | if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) { |
| 1262 | // For non-declaration results, just add the result. |
| 1263 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1264 | return; |
| 1265 | } |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | // Look through using declarations. |
| 1268 | if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) { |
| 1269 | CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(), |
| 1270 | getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()), |
| 1271 | R.Qualifier); |
| 1272 | Result.ShadowDecl = Using; |
| 1273 | AddResult(Result, CurContext, Hiding); |
| 1274 | return; |
| 1275 | } |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false; |
| 1278 | if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier)) |
| 1279 | return; |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup. |
| 1282 | if (isConstructor(R.Declaration)) |
| 1283 | return; |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 | if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding)) |
| 1286 | return; |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once. |
| 1289 | if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second) |
| 1290 | return; |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a |
| 1293 | // nested-name-specifier. |
| 1294 | if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 1295 | R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true; |
| 1296 | R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier; |
| 1297 | } else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier && |
| 1298 | InBaseClass && |
| 1299 | isa<CXXRecordDecl>( |
| 1300 | R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) |
| 1301 | R.QualifierIsInformative = true; |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 | // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one. |
| 1304 | if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier && |
| 1305 | !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 1306 | const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext(); |
| 1307 | if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx)) |
| 1308 | R.Qualifier = |
| 1309 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace); |
| 1310 | else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx)) |
| 1311 | R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create( |
| 1312 | SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false, |
| 1313 | SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr()); |
| 1314 | else |
| 1315 | R.QualifierIsInformative = false; |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | // Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class. |
| 1319 | if (InBaseClass) |
| 1320 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R); |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers) |
| 1325 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) |
| 1326 | if (Method->isInstance()) { |
| 1327 | Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); |
| 1328 | if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals) |
| 1329 | R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch; |
| 1330 | else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) { |
| 1331 | // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop |
| 1332 | // qualifiers. |
| 1333 | return; |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked. |
| 1336 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { |
| 1337 | case RQ_LValue: |
| 1338 | if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst()) |
| 1339 | return; |
| 1340 | break; |
| 1341 | case RQ_RValue: |
| 1342 | if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue) |
| 1343 | return; |
| 1344 | break; |
| 1345 | case RQ_None: |
| 1346 | break; |
| 1347 | } |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should |
| 1350 | /// be suppressed (or vice versa). |
| 1351 | /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin(). |
| 1352 | auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair( |
| 1353 | CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())]; |
| 1354 | for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) { |
| 1355 | Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second]; |
| 1356 | switch (compareOverloads(*Method, |
| 1357 | *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration), |
| 1358 | ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) { |
| 1359 | case OverloadCompare::Dominates: |
| 1360 | // Replace the dominated overload with this one. |
| 1361 | // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we |
| 1362 | // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case. |
| 1363 | Incumbent = std::move(R); |
| 1364 | return; |
| 1365 | case OverloadCompare::Dominated: |
| 1366 | // This overload can't be called, drop it. |
| 1367 | return; |
| 1368 | case OverloadCompare::BothViable: |
| 1369 | break; |
| 1370 | } |
| 1371 | } |
| 1372 | OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size()); |
| 1373 | } |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | // Insert this result into the set of results. |
| 1376 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier) |
| 1379 | MaybeAddConstructorResults(R); |
| 1380 | } |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) { |
| 1383 | assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration &&((void)0) |
| 1384 | "Declaration results need more context")((void)0); |
| 1385 | Results.push_back(R); |
| 1386 | } |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | /// Enter into a new scope. |
| 1389 | void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); } |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | /// Exit from the current scope. |
| 1392 | void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() { |
| 1393 | ShadowMaps.pop_back(); |
| 1394 | } |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
| 1397 | /// ordinary name lookup. |
| 1398 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1399 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | // If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a |
| 1402 | // context where it behaves like an ordinary name. |
| 1403 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
| 1404 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1405 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; |
| 1406 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 1407 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) |
| 1408 | return true; |
| 1409 | } |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; |
| 1412 | } |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
| 1415 | /// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name. |
| 1416 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1417 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1418 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) |
| 1419 | return false; |
| 1420 | // Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they |
| 1421 | // can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out |
| 1422 | // @class declarations though. |
| 1423 | if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) { |
| 1424 | if (!ID->getDefinition()) |
| 1425 | return false; |
| 1426 | } |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
| 1429 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1430 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member; |
| 1431 | else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 1432 | if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) |
| 1433 | return true; |
| 1434 | } |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS; |
| 1437 | } |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1440 | if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)) |
| 1441 | return 0; |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) |
| 1444 | if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
| 1445 | return true; |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 | return false; |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 | /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by |
| 1451 | /// ordinary name lookup. |
| 1452 | bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1453 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern; |
| 1456 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1457 | IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace; |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(ND) && |
| 1460 | !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND); |
| 1461 | } |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the |
| 1464 | /// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace. |
| 1465 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1466 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
| 1467 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 1468 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(ND); |
| 1471 | } |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration. |
| 1474 | bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1475 | return isa<EnumDecl>(ND); |
| 1476 | } |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct. |
| 1479 | bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1480 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
| 1481 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 1482 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | // For purposes of this check, interfaces match too. |
| 1485 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND)) |
| 1486 | return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Class || RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct || |
| 1487 | RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface; |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | return false; |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a union. |
| 1493 | bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1494 | // Allow us to find class templates, too. |
| 1495 | if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
| 1496 | ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND)) |
| 1499 | return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Union; |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | return false; |
| 1502 | } |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace. |
| 1505 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1506 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND); |
| 1507 | } |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or |
| 1510 | /// namespace alias. |
| 1511 | bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1512 | return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
| 1513 | } |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is a type. |
| 1516 | bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1517 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1518 | return isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); |
| 1519 | } |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | /// Determines which members of a class should be visible via |
| 1522 | /// "." or "->". Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and |
| 1523 | /// using declarations thereof should show up. |
| 1524 | bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1525 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1526 | return isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) || |
| 1527 | isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND); |
| 1528 | } |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) { |
| 1531 | T = C.getCanonicalType(T); |
| 1532 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { |
| 1533 | case Type::ObjCObject: |
| 1534 | case Type::ObjCInterface: |
| 1535 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: |
| 1536 | return true; |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | case Type::Builtin: |
| 1539 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { |
| 1540 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: |
| 1541 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: |
| 1542 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: |
| 1543 | return true; |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | default: |
| 1546 | break; |
| 1547 | } |
| 1548 | return false; |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 | default: |
| 1551 | break; |
| 1552 | } |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1555 | return false; |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | // FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a |
| 1558 | // particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now, |
| 1559 | // just accept all class types. |
| 1560 | return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType(); |
| 1561 | } |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1564 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND); |
| 1565 | if (T.isNull()) |
| 1566 | return false; |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T); |
| 1569 | return isObjCReceiverType(SemaRef.Context, T); |
| 1570 | } |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture( |
| 1573 | const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1574 | if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND)) |
| 1575 | return true; |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 | const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND); |
| 1578 | if (!Var) |
| 1579 | return false; |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); |
| 1582 | } |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1585 | if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) || |
| 1586 | (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))) |
| 1587 | return false; |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND); |
| 1590 | if (T.isNull()) |
| 1591 | return false; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T); |
| 1594 | return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| 1595 | T->isObjCIdType() || |
| 1596 | (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType()); |
| 1597 | } |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1600 | return false; |
| 1601 | } |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C |
| 1604 | /// instance variable. |
| 1605 | bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const { |
| 1606 | return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND); |
| 1607 | } |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | namespace { |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 | /// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result |
| 1612 | /// for each visible declaration. |
| 1613 | class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer { |
| 1614 | ResultBuilder &Results; |
| 1615 | DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx; |
| 1616 | // NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See |
| 1617 | // Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details. |
| 1618 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass; |
| 1619 | QualType BaseType; |
| 1620 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | public: |
| 1623 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer( |
| 1624 | ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx, |
| 1625 | QualType BaseType = QualType(), |
| 1626 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>()) |
| 1627 | : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx), |
| 1628 | FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) { |
| 1629 | NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitialLookupCtx); |
| 1630 | // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'. |
| 1631 | if (BaseType.isNull()) { |
| 1632 | auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType(); |
| 1633 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { |
| 1634 | assert(ThisType->isPointerType())((void)0); |
| 1635 | BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType(); |
| 1636 | if (!NamingClass) |
| 1637 | NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 1638 | } |
| 1639 | } |
| 1640 | this->BaseType = BaseType; |
| 1641 | } |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx, |
| 1644 | bool InBaseClass) override { |
| 1645 | ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr, |
| 1646 | false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts); |
| 1647 | Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass); |
| 1648 | } |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override { |
| 1651 | Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx); |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | private: |
| 1655 | bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) { |
| 1656 | // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided |
| 1657 | // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)), |
| 1658 | // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the |
| 1659 | // member. |
| 1660 | auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass; |
| 1661 | QualType BaseType = this->BaseType; |
| 1662 | if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) { |
| 1663 | if (!NamingClass) |
| 1664 | NamingClass = Cls; |
| 1665 | // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might |
| 1666 | // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating |
| 1667 | // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking. |
| 1668 | if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() && |
| 1669 | !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Cls)) { |
| 1670 | NamingClass = Cls; |
| 1671 | BaseType = QualType(); |
| 1672 | } |
| 1673 | } else { |
| 1674 | // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks |
| 1675 | // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them |
| 1676 | // out. |
| 1677 | NamingClass = nullptr; |
| 1678 | BaseType = QualType(); |
| 1679 | } |
| 1680 | return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(ND, NamingClass, BaseType); |
| 1681 | } |
| 1682 | }; |
| 1683 | } // namespace |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | /// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results. |
| 1686 | static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1687 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1688 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 1689 | Results.AddResult(Result("short", CCP_Type)); |
| 1690 | Results.AddResult(Result("long", CCP_Type)); |
| 1691 | Results.AddResult(Result("signed", CCP_Type)); |
| 1692 | Results.AddResult(Result("unsigned", CCP_Type)); |
| 1693 | Results.AddResult(Result("void", CCP_Type)); |
| 1694 | Results.AddResult(Result("char", CCP_Type)); |
| 1695 | Results.AddResult(Result("int", CCP_Type)); |
| 1696 | Results.AddResult(Result("float", CCP_Type)); |
| 1697 | Results.AddResult(Result("double", CCP_Type)); |
| 1698 | Results.AddResult(Result("enum", CCP_Type)); |
| 1699 | Results.AddResult(Result("struct", CCP_Type)); |
| 1700 | Results.AddResult(Result("union", CCP_Type)); |
| 1701 | Results.AddResult(Result("const", CCP_Type)); |
| 1702 | Results.AddResult(Result("volatile", CCP_Type)); |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | if (LangOpts.C99) { |
| 1705 | // C99-specific |
| 1706 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Complex", CCP_Type)); |
| 1707 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Imaginary", CCP_Type)); |
| 1708 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Bool", CCP_Type)); |
| 1709 | Results.AddResult(Result("restrict", CCP_Type)); |
| 1710 | } |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 1713 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 1714 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
| 1715 | // C++-specific |
| 1716 | Results.AddResult( |
| 1717 | Result("bool", CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0))); |
| 1718 | Results.AddResult(Result("class", CCP_Type)); |
| 1719 | Results.AddResult(Result("wchar_t", CCP_Type)); |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | // typename name |
| 1722 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typename"); |
| 1723 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1724 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); |
| 1725 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
| 1728 | Results.AddResult(Result("auto", CCP_Type)); |
| 1729 | Results.AddResult(Result("char16_t", CCP_Type)); |
| 1730 | Results.AddResult(Result("char32_t", CCP_Type)); |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("decltype"); |
| 1733 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 1734 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 1735 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 1736 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1737 | } |
| 1738 | } else |
| 1739 | Results.AddResult(Result("__auto_type", CCP_Type)); |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 | // GNU keywords |
| 1742 | if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) { |
| 1743 | // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point. |
| 1744 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32")); |
| 1745 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64")); |
| 1746 | // Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128")); |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof"); |
| 1749 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1750 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 1751 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof"); |
| 1754 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 1755 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 1756 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 1757 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1758 | } |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | // Nullability |
| 1761 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Nonnull", CCP_Type)); |
| 1762 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Null_unspecified", CCP_Type)); |
| 1763 | Results.AddResult(Result("_Nullable", CCP_Type)); |
| 1764 | } |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
| 1767 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1768 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1769 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 1770 | // Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both |
| 1771 | // are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto" |
| 1772 | // in C++0x as a type specifier. |
| 1773 | Results.AddResult(Result("extern")); |
| 1774 | Results.AddResult(Result("static")); |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
| 1777 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 1778 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | // alignas |
| 1781 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignas"); |
| 1782 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 1783 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 1784 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 1785 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | Results.AddResult(Result("constexpr")); |
| 1788 | Results.AddResult(Result("thread_local")); |
| 1789 | } |
| 1790 | } |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 | static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
| 1793 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1794 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1795 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 1796 | switch (CCC) { |
| 1797 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
| 1798 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 1799 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
| 1800 | Results.AddResult(Result("explicit")); |
| 1801 | Results.AddResult(Result("friend")); |
| 1802 | Results.AddResult(Result("mutable")); |
| 1803 | Results.AddResult(Result("virtual")); |
| 1804 | } |
| 1805 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 1808 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 1809 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
| 1810 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
| 1811 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99) |
| 1812 | Results.AddResult(Result("inline")); |
| 1813 | break; |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 1816 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
| 1817 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
| 1818 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
| 1819 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
| 1820 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 1821 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
| 1822 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 1823 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 1824 | break; |
| 1825 | } |
| 1826 | } |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1829 | static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1830 | static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1831 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1832 | static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1833 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1834 | static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 1835 | ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1836 | static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt); |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1839 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 1840 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 1841 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typedef"); |
| 1842 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1843 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 1844 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1845 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); |
| 1846 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 1847 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1848 | } |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | // using name = type |
| 1851 | static void AddUsingAliasResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
| 1852 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1853 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using"); |
| 1854 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 1855 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); |
| 1856 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
| 1857 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 1858 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 1859 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1860 | } |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, |
| 1863 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 1864 | switch (CCC) { |
| 1865 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
| 1866 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
| 1867 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 1868 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
| 1869 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 1870 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
| 1871 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 1872 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
| 1873 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 1874 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 1875 | return true; |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
| 1878 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
| 1879 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 1882 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 1883 | return false; |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
| 1886 | return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99; |
| 1887 | } |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 1890 | } |
| 1891 | |
| 1892 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context, |
| 1893 | const Preprocessor &PP) { |
| 1894 | PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
| 1895 | Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false; |
| 1896 | Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true; |
| 1897 | Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true; |
| 1898 | Policy.SuppressScope = true; |
| 1899 | return Policy; |
| 1900 | } |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | /// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion. |
| 1903 | static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) { |
| 1904 | return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.Context, S.PP); |
| 1905 | } |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | /// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string |
| 1908 | /// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion. |
| 1909 | /// |
| 1910 | /// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for |
| 1911 | /// common type names. |
| 1912 | static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context, |
| 1913 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1914 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) { |
| 1915 | if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) { |
| 1916 | // Built-in type names are constant strings. |
| 1917 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T)) |
| 1918 | return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy); |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | // Anonymous tag types are constant strings. |
| 1921 | if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) |
| 1922 | if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl()) |
| 1923 | if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) { |
| 1924 | switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { |
| 1925 | case TTK_Struct: |
| 1926 | return "struct <anonymous>"; |
| 1927 | case TTK_Interface: |
| 1928 | return "__interface <anonymous>"; |
| 1929 | case TTK_Class: |
| 1930 | return "class <anonymous>"; |
| 1931 | case TTK_Union: |
| 1932 | return "union <anonymous>"; |
| 1933 | case TTK_Enum: |
| 1934 | return "enum <anonymous>"; |
| 1935 | } |
| 1936 | } |
| 1937 | } |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | // Slow path: format the type as a string. |
| 1940 | std::string Result; |
| 1941 | T.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); |
| 1942 | return Allocator.CopyString(Result); |
| 1943 | } |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | /// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function. |
| 1946 | static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 1947 | QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType(); |
| 1948 | if (ThisTy.isNull()) |
| 1949 | return; |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 1952 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 1953 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
| 1954 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( |
| 1955 | GetCompletionTypeString(ThisTy, S.Context, Policy, Allocator)); |
| 1956 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("this"); |
| 1957 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1958 | } |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
| 1961 | ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 1962 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 1963 | if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) |
| 1964 | return; |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_assert"); |
| 1967 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 1968 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 1969 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 1970 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message"); |
| 1971 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 1972 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 1973 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 1974 | } |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 1977 | const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 1978 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) { |
| 1979 | Sema &S = Results.getSema(); |
| 1980 | const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(S.CurContext); |
| 1981 | // If not inside a class/struct/union return empty. |
| 1982 | if (!CR) |
| 1983 | return; |
| 1984 | // First store overrides within current class. |
| 1985 | // These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step. |
| 1986 | llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides; |
| 1987 | for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) { |
| 1988 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) |
| 1989 | continue; |
| 1990 | Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method); |
| 1991 | } |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) { |
| 1994 | const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 1995 | if (!BR) |
| 1996 | continue; |
| 1997 | for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) { |
| 1998 | if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier()) |
| 1999 | continue; |
| 2000 | const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName()); |
| 2001 | bool IsOverriden = false; |
| 2002 | if (it != Overrides.end()) { |
| 2003 | for (auto *MD : it->second) { |
| 2004 | // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual |
| 2005 | // function, then it overrides this one. |
| 2006 | if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) { |
| 2007 | IsOverriden = true; |
| 2008 | break; |
| 2009 | } |
| 2010 | } |
| 2011 | } |
| 2012 | if (!IsOverriden) { |
| 2013 | // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and |
| 2014 | // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the |
| 2015 | // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk. |
| 2016 | std::string OverrideSignature; |
| 2017 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature); |
| 2018 | CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0); |
| 2019 | PrintingPolicy Policy = |
| 2020 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.getASTContext(), S.getPreprocessor()); |
| 2021 | auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( |
| 2022 | S.getPreprocessor(), S.getASTContext(), Builder, |
| 2023 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy); |
| 2024 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern)); |
| 2025 | } |
| 2026 | } |
| 2027 | } |
| 2028 | } |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 | /// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names. |
| 2031 | static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S, |
| 2032 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 2033 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 2034 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 2037 | switch (CCC) { |
| 2038 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
| 2039 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2040 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2041 | // namespace <identifier> { declarations } |
| 2042 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace"); |
| 2043 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2044 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); |
| 2045 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2046 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2047 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2048 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declarations"); |
| 2049 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2050 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2051 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2052 | } |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | // namespace identifier = identifier ; |
| 2055 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace"); |
| 2056 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2057 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); |
| 2058 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
| 2059 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("namespace"); |
| 2060 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2061 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | // Using directives |
| 2064 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace"); |
| 2065 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2066 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); |
| 2067 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2068 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | // asm(string-literal) |
| 2071 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("asm"); |
| 2072 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2073 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string-literal"); |
| 2074 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2075 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2078 | // Explicit template instantiation |
| 2079 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template"); |
| 2080 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2081 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration"); |
| 2082 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2083 | } else { |
| 2084 | Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); |
| 2085 | } |
| 2086 | } |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 2089 | AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, true); |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
| 2092 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
| 2095 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2096 | // Using declaration |
| 2097 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using"); |
| 2098 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2099 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier"); |
| 2100 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::"); |
| 2101 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); |
| 2102 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2103 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 2106 | AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results); |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context) |
| 2109 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { |
| 2110 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using typename"); |
| 2111 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2112 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier"); |
| 2113 | Builder.AddTextChunk("::"); |
| 2114 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name"); |
| 2115 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2116 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2117 | } |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) { |
| 2122 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | bool IsNotInheritanceScope = |
| 2125 | !(S->getFlags() & Scope::ClassInheritanceScope); |
| 2126 | // public: |
| 2127 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("public"); |
| 2128 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 2129 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2130 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | // protected: |
| 2133 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("protected"); |
| 2134 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 2135 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2136 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | // private: |
| 2139 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("private"); |
| 2140 | if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 2141 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2142 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of |
| 2145 | // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have |
| 2146 | // more use-cases. |
| 2147 | AddOverrideResults(Results, CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion, |
| 2148 | Builder); |
| 2149 | } |
| 2150 | } |
| 2151 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
| 2154 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 2155 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2156 | // template < parameters > |
| 2157 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template"); |
| 2158 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2159 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameters"); |
| 2160 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2161 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2162 | } else { |
| 2163 | Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword)); |
| 2164 | } |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2167 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2168 | break; |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 2171 | AddObjCInterfaceResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); |
| 2172 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2173 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2174 | break; |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 2177 | AddObjCImplementationResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); |
| 2178 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2179 | AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2180 | break; |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 2183 | AddObjCVisibilityResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true); |
| 2184 | break; |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 2187 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: { |
| 2188 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 2189 | AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results); |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | AddTypedefResult(Results); |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() && |
| 2194 | SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { |
| 2195 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("try"); |
| 2196 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2197 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2198 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2199 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); |
| 2200 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2201 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2202 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2203 | Builder.AddTextChunk("catch"); |
| 2204 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2205 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2206 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration"); |
| 2207 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2208 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2209 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2210 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2211 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); |
| 2212 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2213 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2214 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2215 | } |
| 2216 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 2217 | AddObjCStatementResults(Results, true); |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2220 | // if (condition) { statements } |
| 2221 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if"); |
| 2222 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2223 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2224 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 2225 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); |
| 2226 | else |
| 2227 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2228 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2229 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2230 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2231 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2232 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); |
| 2233 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2234 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2235 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 | // switch (condition) { } |
| 2238 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("switch"); |
| 2239 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2240 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2241 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 2242 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); |
| 2243 | else |
| 2244 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2245 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2246 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2247 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2248 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2249 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("cases"); |
| 2250 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2251 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2252 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2253 | } |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | // Switch-specific statements. |
| 2256 | if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() && |
| 2257 | !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) { |
| 2258 | // case expression: |
| 2259 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("case"); |
| 2260 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2261 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2262 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2263 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 | // default: |
| 2266 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("default"); |
| 2267 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2268 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 2272 | /// while (condition) { statements } |
| 2273 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("while"); |
| 2274 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2275 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2276 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 2277 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); |
| 2278 | else |
| 2279 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2280 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2281 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2282 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2283 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2284 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); |
| 2285 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2286 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2287 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | // do { statements } while ( expression ); |
| 2290 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("do"); |
| 2291 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2292 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2293 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2294 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); |
| 2295 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2296 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2297 | Builder.AddTextChunk("while"); |
| 2298 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2299 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2300 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2301 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2302 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements } |
| 2305 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for"); |
| 2306 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2307 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2308 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99) |
| 2309 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-statement"); |
| 2310 | else |
| 2311 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-expression"); |
| 2312 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2313 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2314 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); |
| 2315 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2316 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2317 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("inc-expression"); |
| 2318 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2319 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2320 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2321 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2322 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); |
| 2323 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2324 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2325 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 2328 | // for ( range_declaration (:|in) range_expression ) { statements } |
| 2329 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for"); |
| 2330 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2331 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2332 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-declaration"); |
| 2333 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2334 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 2335 | Builder.AddTextChunk("in"); |
| 2336 | else |
| 2337 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon); |
| 2338 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2339 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-expression"); |
| 2340 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2341 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2342 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 2343 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2344 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); |
| 2345 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 2346 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 2347 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2348 | } |
| 2349 | } |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | if (S->getContinueParent()) { |
| 2352 | // continue ; |
| 2353 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("continue"); |
| 2354 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2355 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2356 | } |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | if (S->getBreakParent()) { |
| 2359 | // break ; |
| 2360 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("break"); |
| 2361 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2362 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2363 | } |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type. |
| 2366 | QualType ReturnType; |
| 2367 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) |
| 2368 | ReturnType = Function->getReturnType(); |
| 2369 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) |
| 2370 | ReturnType = Method->getReturnType(); |
| 2371 | else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() && |
| 2372 | !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull()) |
| 2373 | ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;; |
| 2374 | if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) { |
| 2375 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return"); |
| 2376 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2377 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2378 | } else { |
| 2379 | assert(!ReturnType.isNull())((void)0); |
| 2380 | // "return expression ;" |
| 2381 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return"); |
| 2382 | Builder.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2383 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2384 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2385 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2386 | // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'. |
| 2387 | if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) { |
| 2388 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return true"); |
| 2389 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2390 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return false"); |
| 2393 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2394 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2395 | } |
| 2396 | // For pointers, suggest 'return nullptr' in C++. |
| 2397 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
| 2398 | (ReturnType->isPointerType() || ReturnType->isMemberPointerType())) { |
| 2399 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return nullptr"); |
| 2400 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2401 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2402 | } |
| 2403 | } |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 | // goto identifier ; |
| 2406 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("goto"); |
| 2407 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2408 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("label"); |
| 2409 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2410 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | // Using directives |
| 2413 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace"); |
| 2414 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2415 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier"); |
| 2416 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 2417 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
| 2420 | } |
| 2421 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | // Fall through (for statement expressions). |
| 2424 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
| 2425 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
| 2426 | AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2427 | // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions. |
| 2428 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 2431 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
| 2432 | CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) { |
| 2433 | // (__bridge <type>)<expression> |
| 2434 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge"); |
| 2435 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2436 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2437 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2438 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2439 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression> |
| 2442 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_transfer"); |
| 2443 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2444 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("Objective-C type"); |
| 2445 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2446 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2447 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression> |
| 2450 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_retained"); |
| 2451 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2452 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("CF type"); |
| 2453 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2454 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2455 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2456 | } |
| 2457 | // Fall through |
| 2458 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: { |
| 2461 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2462 | // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function. |
| 2463 | addThisCompletion(SemaRef, Results); |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | // true |
| 2466 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); |
| 2467 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("true"); |
| 2468 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | // false |
| 2471 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); |
| 2472 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("false"); |
| 2473 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { |
| 2476 | // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
| 2477 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("dynamic_cast"); |
| 2478 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2479 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2480 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2481 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2482 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2483 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2484 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2485 | } |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | // static_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
| 2488 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_cast"); |
| 2489 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2490 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2491 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2492 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2493 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2494 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2495 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 | // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
| 2498 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("reinterpret_cast"); |
| 2499 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2500 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2501 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2502 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2503 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2504 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2505 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | // const_cast < type-id > ( expression ) |
| 2508 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("const_cast"); |
| 2509 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 2510 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2511 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 2512 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2513 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2514 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2515 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) { |
| 2518 | // typeid ( expression-or-type ) |
| 2519 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::type_info"); |
| 2520 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeid"); |
| 2521 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2522 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type"); |
| 2523 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2524 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2525 | } |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | // new T ( ... ) |
| 2528 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new"); |
| 2529 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2530 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2531 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2532 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions"); |
| 2533 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2534 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | // new T [ ] ( ... ) |
| 2537 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new"); |
| 2538 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2539 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2540 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
| 2541 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("size"); |
| 2542 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
| 2543 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2544 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions"); |
| 2545 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2546 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | // delete expression |
| 2549 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); |
| 2550 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete"); |
| 2551 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2552 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2553 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | // delete [] expression |
| 2556 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); |
| 2557 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete"); |
| 2558 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2559 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
| 2560 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
| 2561 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2562 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2563 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) { |
| 2566 | // throw expression |
| 2567 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void"); |
| 2568 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("throw"); |
| 2569 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 2570 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2571 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2572 | } |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | // FIXME: Rethrow? |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 2577 | // nullptr |
| 2578 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::nullptr_t"); |
| 2579 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr"); |
| 2580 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | // alignof |
| 2583 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); |
| 2584 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof"); |
| 2585 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2586 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2587 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2588 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | // noexcept |
| 2591 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool"); |
| 2592 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("noexcept"); |
| 2593 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2594 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 2595 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2596 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | // sizeof... expression |
| 2599 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); |
| 2600 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof..."); |
| 2601 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2602 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter-pack"); |
| 2603 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2604 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2605 | } |
| 2606 | } |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 2609 | // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass. |
| 2610 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) { |
| 2611 | // The interface can be NULL. |
| 2612 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface()) |
| 2613 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { |
| 2614 | std::string SuperType; |
| 2615 | SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString(); |
| 2616 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) |
| 2617 | SuperType += " *"; |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SuperType)); |
| 2620 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super"); |
| 2621 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2622 | } |
| 2623 | } |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 | AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, true); |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) { |
| 2629 | // _Alignof |
| 2630 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); |
| 2631 | if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined("alignof")) |
| 2632 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof"); |
| 2633 | else |
| 2634 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("_Alignof"); |
| 2635 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2636 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type"); |
| 2637 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2638 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2639 | } |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | // sizeof expression |
| 2642 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t"); |
| 2643 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof"); |
| 2644 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 2645 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type"); |
| 2646 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 2647 | Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString())); |
| 2648 | break; |
| 2649 | } |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
| 2652 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 2653 | break; |
| 2654 | } |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts())) |
| 2657 | AddTypeSpecifierResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type) |
| 2660 | Results.AddResult(Result("operator")); |
| 2661 | } |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | /// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result |
| 2664 | /// type chunk. |
| 2665 | static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context, |
| 2666 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 2667 | const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType, |
| 2668 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
| 2669 | if (!ND) |
| 2670 | return; |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | // Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types |
| 2673 | // built into their names. |
| 2674 | if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND)) |
| 2675 | return; |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 | // Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type). |
| 2678 | QualType T; |
| 2679 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction()) |
| 2680 | T = Function->getReturnType(); |
| 2681 | else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2682 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
| 2683 | T = Method->getSendResultType(BaseType); |
| 2684 | else |
| 2685 | T = Method->getReturnType(); |
| 2686 | } else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2687 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext())); |
| 2688 | T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(T, Context); |
| 2689 | } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2690 | /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/ |
| 2691 | } else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2692 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
| 2693 | T = Ivar->getUsageType(BaseType); |
| 2694 | else |
| 2695 | T = Ivar->getType(); |
| 2696 | } else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2697 | T = Value->getType(); |
| 2698 | } else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) { |
| 2699 | if (!BaseType.isNull()) |
| 2700 | T = Property->getUsageType(BaseType); |
| 2701 | else |
| 2702 | T = Property->getType(); |
| 2703 | } |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy)) |
| 2706 | return; |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk( |
| 2709 | GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Result.getAllocator())); |
| 2710 | } |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP, |
| 2713 | const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod, |
| 2714 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
| 2715 | if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) |
| 2716 | if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) { |
| 2717 | if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined("nil")) |
| 2718 | Result.AddTextChunk(", nil"); |
| 2719 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL")) |
| 2720 | Result.AddTextChunk(", NULL"); |
| 2721 | else |
| 2722 | Result.AddTextChunk(", (void*)0"); |
| 2723 | } |
| 2724 | } |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals, |
| 2727 | QualType &Type) { |
| 2728 | std::string Result; |
| 2729 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) |
| 2730 | Result += "in "; |
| 2731 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) |
| 2732 | Result += "inout "; |
| 2733 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) |
| 2734 | Result += "out "; |
| 2735 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) |
| 2736 | Result += "bycopy "; |
| 2737 | else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) |
| 2738 | Result += "byref "; |
| 2739 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) |
| 2740 | Result += "oneway "; |
| 2741 | if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) { |
| 2742 | if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Type)) { |
| 2743 | switch (*nullability) { |
| 2744 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
| 2745 | Result += "nonnull "; |
| 2746 | break; |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
| 2749 | Result += "nullable "; |
| 2750 | break; |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
| 2753 | Result += "null_unspecified "; |
| 2754 | break; |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
| 2757 | llvm_unreachable("Not supported as a context-sensitive keyword!")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 2758 | break; |
| 2759 | } |
| 2760 | } |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | return Result; |
| 2763 | } |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | /// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C |
| 2766 | /// block placeholder. |
| 2767 | /// |
| 2768 | /// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to |
| 2769 | /// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion |
| 2770 | /// results. |
| 2771 | static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 2772 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, |
| 2773 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
| 2774 | bool SuppressBlock = false) { |
| 2775 | if (!TSInfo) |
| 2776 | return; |
| 2777 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
| 2778 | while (true) { |
| 2779 | // Look through typedefs. |
| 2780 | if (!SuppressBlock) { |
| 2781 | if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) { |
| 2782 | if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo = |
| 2783 | TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 2784 | TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
| 2785 | continue; |
| 2786 | } |
| 2787 | } |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | // Look through qualified types |
| 2790 | if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) { |
| 2791 | TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
| 2792 | continue; |
| 2793 | } |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) { |
| 2796 | TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc(); |
| 2797 | continue; |
| 2798 | } |
| 2799 | } |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type, |
| 2802 | // then we're done. |
| 2803 | if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) { |
| 2804 | TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens(); |
| 2805 | Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); |
| 2806 | BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(); |
| 2807 | } |
| 2808 | break; |
| 2809 | } |
| 2810 | } |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | static std::string |
| 2813 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, |
| 2814 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
| 2815 | bool SuppressBlockName = false, |
| 2816 | bool SuppressBlock = false, |
| 2817 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None); |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | static std::string |
| 2820 | FormatFunctionParameter(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 2821 | bool SuppressName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false, |
| 2822 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None) { |
| 2823 | // Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid. |
| 2824 | // It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually avaliable. |
| 2825 | // But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere. |
| 2826 | if (!Param) |
| 2827 | return "int"; |
| 2828 | bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()); |
| 2829 | if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() || |
| 2830 | !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| 2831 | // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder |
| 2832 | // containing that parameter's type. |
| 2833 | std::string Result; |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName) |
| 2836 | Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | QualType Type = Param->getType(); |
| 2839 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
| 2840 | Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(Param->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts, |
| 2841 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); |
| 2842 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { |
| 2843 | Result = |
| 2844 | "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type); |
| 2845 | Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")"; |
| 2846 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName) |
| 2847 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 2848 | } else { |
| 2849 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); |
| 2850 | } |
| 2851 | return Result; |
| 2852 | } |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | // The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with |
| 2855 | // the appropriate type. |
| 2856 | FunctionTypeLoc Block; |
| 2857 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto; |
| 2858 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, |
| 2859 | SuppressBlock); |
| 2860 | // Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a |
| 2861 | // parameter in a setter. |
| 2862 | if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam && |
| 2863 | cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) { |
| 2864 | if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()) |
| 2865 | ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false)) |
| 2866 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto, |
| 2867 | SuppressBlock); |
| 2868 | } |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | if (!Block) { |
| 2871 | // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names |
| 2872 | // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder. |
| 2873 | std::string Result; |
| 2874 | if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier()) |
| 2875 | Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 | QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 | if (ObjCMethodParam) { |
| 2880 | Result = Type.getAsString(Policy); |
| 2881 | std::string Quals = |
| 2882 | formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type); |
| 2883 | if (!Quals.empty()) |
| 2884 | Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")"; |
| 2885 | if (Result.back() != ')') |
| 2886 | Result += " "; |
| 2887 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) |
| 2888 | Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 2889 | } else { |
| 2890 | Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); |
| 2891 | } |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | return Result; |
| 2894 | } |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | // We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was |
| 2897 | // written in the source. |
| 2898 | return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto, |
| 2899 | /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock, |
| 2900 | ObjCSubsts); |
| 2901 | } |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | /// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block |
| 2904 | /// declaration. |
| 2905 | /// |
| 2906 | /// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type. |
| 2907 | /// |
| 2908 | /// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type. |
| 2909 | /// |
| 2910 | /// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block |
| 2911 | /// declaration is included in the resulting string. |
| 2912 | static std::string |
| 2913 | formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl, |
| 2914 | FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto, |
| 2915 | bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock, |
| 2916 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) { |
| 2917 | std::string Result; |
| 2918 | QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType(); |
| 2919 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
| 2920 | ResultType = |
| 2921 | ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(BlockDecl->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts, |
| 2922 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result); |
| 2923 | if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock) |
| 2924 | ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy); |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 | // Format the parameter list. |
| 2927 | std::string Params; |
| 2928 | if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) { |
| 2929 | if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
| 2930 | Params = "(...)"; |
| 2931 | else |
| 2932 | Params = "(void)"; |
| 2933 | } else { |
| 2934 | Params += "("; |
| 2935 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 2936 | if (I) |
| 2937 | Params += ", "; |
| 2938 | Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(I), |
| 2939 | /*SuppressName=*/false, |
| 2940 | /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts); |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
| 2943 | Params += ", ..."; |
| 2944 | } |
| 2945 | Params += ")"; |
| 2946 | } |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | if (SuppressBlock) { |
| 2949 | // Format as a parameter. |
| 2950 | Result = Result + " (^"; |
| 2951 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) |
| 2952 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 2953 | Result += ")"; |
| 2954 | Result += Params; |
| 2955 | } else { |
| 2956 | // Format as a block literal argument. |
| 2957 | Result = '^' + Result; |
| 2958 | Result += Params; |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier()) |
| 2961 | Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 2962 | } |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | return Result; |
| 2965 | } |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 2968 | const SourceManager &SM, |
| 2969 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 2970 | const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange(); |
| 2971 | CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(SrcRange); |
| 2972 | bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid(); |
| 2973 | if (Invalid) |
| 2974 | return ""; |
| 2975 | StringRef srcText = |
| 2976 | Lexer::getSourceText(CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, &Invalid); |
| 2977 | if (Invalid) |
| 2978 | return ""; |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=") { |
| 2981 | // Lexer can't determine the value. |
| 2982 | // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward |
| 2983 | // declared). |
| 2984 | return ""; |
| 2985 | } |
| 2986 | std::string DefValue(srcText.str()); |
| 2987 | // FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and |
| 2988 | // this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it |
| 2989 | if (DefValue.at(0) != '=') { |
| 2990 | // If we don't have '=' in front of value. |
| 2991 | // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types |
| 2992 | // values with it. |
| 2993 | return " = " + DefValue; |
| 2994 | } |
| 2995 | return " " + DefValue; |
| 2996 | } |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | /// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string. |
| 2999 | static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP, |
| 3000 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 3001 | const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 3002 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3003 | unsigned Start = 0, |
| 3004 | bool InOptional = false) { |
| 3005 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) { |
| 3008 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P); |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { |
| 3011 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
| 3012 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
| 3013 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
| 3014 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 3015 | if (!FirstParameter) |
| 3016 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3017 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Opt, P, true); |
| 3018 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); |
| 3019 | break; |
| 3020 | } |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | if (FirstParameter) |
| 3023 | FirstParameter = false; |
| 3024 | else |
| 3025 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | InOptional = false; |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | // Format the placeholder string. |
| 3030 | std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); |
| 3031 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) |
| 3032 | PlaceholderStr += |
| 3033 | GetDefaultValueString(Param, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts()); |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1) |
| 3036 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..."; |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | // Add the placeholder string. |
| 3039 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 3040 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); |
| 3041 | } |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| 3044 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { |
| 3045 | if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0) |
| 3046 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result); |
| 3049 | } |
| 3050 | } |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | /// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string. |
| 3053 | static void AddTemplateParameterChunks( |
| 3054 | ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 3055 | const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3056 | unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) { |
| 3057 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | // Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of |
| 3060 | // the template. |
| 3061 | Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters(); |
| 3064 | TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end(); |
| 3065 | if (MaxParameters) |
| 3066 | PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters; |
| 3067 | for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd; |
| 3068 | ++P) { |
| 3069 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; |
| 3070 | std::string PlaceholderStr; |
| 3071 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { |
| 3072 | if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()) |
| 3073 | PlaceholderStr = "typename"; |
| 3074 | else if (const auto *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) { |
| 3075 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PlaceholderStr); |
| 3076 | TC->print(OS, Policy); |
| 3077 | OS.flush(); |
| 3078 | } else |
| 3079 | PlaceholderStr = "class"; |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3082 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; |
| 3083 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 3084 | } |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3087 | } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = |
| 3088 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { |
| 3089 | if (NTTP->getIdentifier()) |
| 3090 | PlaceholderStr = std::string(NTTP->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 3091 | NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy); |
| 3092 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3093 | } else { |
| 3094 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))((void)0); |
| 3095 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would |
| 3098 | // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation. |
| 3099 | PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class"; |
| 3100 | if (TTP->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3101 | PlaceholderStr += ' '; |
| 3102 | PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 3103 | } |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3106 | } |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) { |
| 3109 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
| 3110 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
| 3111 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
| 3112 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 3113 | if (!FirstParameter) |
| 3114 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3115 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Opt, MaxParameters, |
| 3116 | P - Params->begin(), true); |
| 3117 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); |
| 3118 | break; |
| 3119 | } |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | InDefaultArg = false; |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | if (FirstParameter) |
| 3124 | FirstParameter = false; |
| 3125 | else |
| 3126 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | // Add the placeholder string. |
| 3129 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 3130 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); |
| 3131 | } |
| 3132 | } |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | /// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the |
| 3135 | /// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL. |
| 3136 | static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3137 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 3138 | bool QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3139 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 3140 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 3141 | if (!Qualifier) |
| 3142 | return; |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | std::string PrintedNNS; |
| 3145 | { |
| 3146 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS); |
| 3147 | Qualifier->print(OS, Policy); |
| 3148 | } |
| 3149 | if (QualifierIsInformative) |
| 3150 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS)); |
| 3151 | else |
| 3152 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS)); |
| 3153 | } |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | static void |
| 3156 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3157 | const FunctionDecl *Function) { |
| 3158 | const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 3159 | if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals()) |
| 3160 | return; |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | // FIXME: Add ref-qualifier! |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | // Handle single qualifiers without copying |
| 3165 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) { |
| 3166 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" const"); |
| 3167 | return; |
| 3168 | } |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) { |
| 3171 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" volatile"); |
| 3172 | return; |
| 3173 | } |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) { |
| 3176 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(" restrict"); |
| 3177 | return; |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | // Handle multiple qualifiers. |
| 3181 | std::string QualsStr; |
| 3182 | if (Proto->isConst()) |
| 3183 | QualsStr += " const"; |
| 3184 | if (Proto->isVolatile()) |
| 3185 | QualsStr += " volatile"; |
| 3186 | if (Proto->isRestrict()) |
| 3187 | QualsStr += " restrict"; |
| 3188 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(QualsStr)); |
| 3189 | } |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | /// Add the name of the given declaration |
| 3192 | static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 3193 | const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 3194 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) { |
| 3195 | DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName(); |
| 3196 | if (!Name) |
| 3197 | return; |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | switch (Name.getNameKind()) { |
| 3200 | case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: { |
| 3201 | const char *OperatorName = nullptr; |
| 3202 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { |
| 3203 | case OO_None: |
| 3204 | case OO_Conditional: |
| 3205 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: |
| 3206 | OperatorName = "operator"; |
| 3207 | break; |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ |
| 3210 | case OO_##Name: \ |
| 3211 | OperatorName = "operator" Spelling; \ |
| 3212 | break; |
| 3213 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) |
| 3214 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | case OO_New: |
| 3217 | OperatorName = "operator new"; |
| 3218 | break; |
| 3219 | case OO_Delete: |
| 3220 | OperatorName = "operator delete"; |
| 3221 | break; |
| 3222 | case OO_Array_New: |
| 3223 | OperatorName = "operator new[]"; |
| 3224 | break; |
| 3225 | case OO_Array_Delete: |
| 3226 | OperatorName = "operator delete[]"; |
| 3227 | break; |
| 3228 | case OO_Call: |
| 3229 | OperatorName = "operator()"; |
| 3230 | break; |
| 3231 | case OO_Subscript: |
| 3232 | OperatorName = "operator[]"; |
| 3233 | break; |
| 3234 | } |
| 3235 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(OperatorName); |
| 3236 | break; |
| 3237 | } |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | case DeclarationName::Identifier: |
| 3240 | case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName: |
| 3241 | case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName: |
| 3242 | case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName: |
| 3243 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3244 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); |
| 3245 | break; |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName: |
| 3248 | case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective: |
| 3249 | case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector: |
| 3250 | case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector: |
| 3251 | case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector: |
| 3252 | break; |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: { |
| 3255 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
| 3256 | QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType(); |
| 3257 | if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) |
| 3258 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl()); |
| 3259 | else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) |
| 3260 | Record = InjectedTy->getDecl(); |
| 3261 | else { |
| 3262 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3263 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); |
| 3264 | break; |
| 3265 | } |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3268 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Record->getNameAsString())); |
| 3269 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { |
| 3270 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 3271 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result); |
| 3272 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 3273 | } |
| 3274 | break; |
| 3275 | } |
| 3276 | } |
| 3277 | } |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( |
| 3280 | Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 3281 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 3282 | bool IncludeBriefComments) { |
| 3283 | return CreateCodeCompletionString(S.Context, S.PP, CCContext, Allocator, |
| 3284 | CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments); |
| 3285 | } |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro( |
| 3288 | Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
| 3289 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) { |
| 3290 | assert(Kind == RK_Macro)((void)0); |
| 3291 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); |
| 3292 | const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(Macro); |
| 3293 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Macro->getName())); |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 | if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike()) |
| 3296 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | // Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments. |
| 3299 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3300 | MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end(); |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | // C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it. |
| 3303 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) { |
| 3304 | --AEnd; |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | if (A == AEnd) { |
| 3307 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); |
| 3308 | } |
| 3309 | } |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) { |
| 3312 | if (A != MI->param_begin()) |
| 3313 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) { |
| 3316 | SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName(); |
| 3317 | if (MI->isC99Varargs()) |
| 3318 | Arg += ", ..."; |
| 3319 | else |
| 3320 | Arg += "..."; |
| 3321 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); |
| 3322 | break; |
| 3323 | } |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | // Non-variadic macros are simple. |
| 3326 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 3327 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString((*A)->getName())); |
| 3328 | } |
| 3329 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3330 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3331 | } |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 | /// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given |
| 3334 | /// result. |
| 3335 | /// |
| 3336 | /// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing |
| 3337 | /// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the |
| 3338 | /// result is all that is needed. |
| 3339 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString( |
| 3340 | ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 3341 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 3342 | bool IncludeBriefComments) { |
| 3343 | if (Kind == RK_Macro) |
| 3344 | return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo); |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability); |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Ctx, PP); |
| 3349 | if (Kind == RK_Pattern) { |
| 3350 | Pattern->Priority = Priority; |
| 3351 | Pattern->Availability = Availability; |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 | if (Declaration) { |
| 3354 | Result.addParentContext(Declaration->getDeclContext()); |
| 3355 | Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName(); |
| 3356 | if (const RawComment *RC = |
| 3357 | getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) { |
| 3358 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx)); |
| 3359 | Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment(); |
| 3360 | } |
| 3361 | } |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 | return Pattern; |
| 3364 | } |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | if (Kind == RK_Keyword) { |
| 3367 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Keyword); |
| 3368 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3369 | } |
| 3370 | assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?")((void)0); |
| 3371 | return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( |
| 3372 | PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy); |
| 3373 | } |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS, |
| 3376 | std::string &BeforeName, |
| 3377 | std::string &NameAndSignature) { |
| 3378 | bool SeenTypedChunk = false; |
| 3379 | for (auto &Chunk : CCS) { |
| 3380 | if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) { |
| 3381 | assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name")((void)0); |
| 3382 | // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature. |
| 3383 | printOverrideString(*Chunk.Optional, NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature); |
| 3384 | continue; |
| 3385 | } |
| 3386 | SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText; |
| 3387 | if (SeenTypedChunk) |
| 3388 | NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text; |
| 3389 | else |
| 3390 | BeforeName += Chunk.Text; |
| 3391 | } |
| 3392 | } |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 | CodeCompletionString * |
| 3395 | CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride( |
| 3396 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3397 | bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 3398 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 3399 | auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result, |
| 3400 | /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, |
| 3401 | CCContext, Policy); |
| 3402 | std::string BeforeName; |
| 3403 | std::string NameAndSignature; |
| 3404 | // For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative. |
| 3405 | printOverrideString(*CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature); |
| 3406 | NameAndSignature += " override"; |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(BeforeName)); |
| 3409 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 3410 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(NameAndSignature)); |
| 3411 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3412 | } |
| 3413 | |
| 3414 | // FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor |
| 3415 | // types like std::function. |
| 3416 | static const NamedDecl *extractFunctorCallOperator(const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 3417 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND); |
| 3418 | if (!VD) |
| 3419 | return nullptr; |
| 3420 | const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 3421 | if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda()) |
| 3422 | return nullptr; |
| 3423 | return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator(); |
| 3424 | } |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl( |
| 3427 | Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3428 | bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 3429 | PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 3430 | const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration; |
| 3431 | Result.addParentContext(ND->getDeclContext()); |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { |
| 3434 | // Add documentation comment, if it exists. |
| 3435 | if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) { |
| 3436 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx)); |
| 3437 | } |
| 3438 | } |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) { |
| 3441 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3442 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); |
| 3443 | Result.AddTextChunk("::"); |
| 3444 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3445 | } |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) |
| 3448 | Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation())); |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 | auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) { |
| 3451 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); |
| 3452 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3453 | Ctx, Policy); |
| 3454 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, Result); |
| 3455 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3456 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); |
| 3457 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3458 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); |
| 3459 | }; |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { |
| 3462 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function); |
| 3463 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3464 | } |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | if (const auto *CallOperator = |
| 3467 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) { |
| 3468 | AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator); |
| 3469 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3470 | } |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result); |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = |
| 3475 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) { |
| 3476 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3477 | Ctx, Policy); |
| 3478 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 3479 | AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result); |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default |
| 3482 | // arguments). |
| 3483 | llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced; |
| 3484 | Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunTmpl, Deduced); |
| 3485 | unsigned LastDeducibleArgument; |
| 3486 | for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0; |
| 3487 | --LastDeducibleArgument) { |
| 3488 | if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) { |
| 3489 | // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so, |
| 3490 | // the user doesn't need to type this argument. |
| 3491 | // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better! |
| 3492 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; |
| 3493 | NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam( |
| 3494 | LastDeducibleArgument - 1); |
| 3495 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) |
| 3496 | HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3497 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = |
| 3498 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) |
| 3499 | HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3500 | else { |
| 3501 | assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param))((void)0); |
| 3502 | HasDefaultArg = |
| 3503 | cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)->hasDefaultArgument(); |
| 3504 | } |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | if (!HasDefaultArg) |
| 3507 | break; |
| 3508 | } |
| 3509 | } |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | if (LastDeducibleArgument) { |
| 3512 | // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a |
| 3513 | // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list |
| 3514 | // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument. |
| 3515 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 3516 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result, |
| 3517 | LastDeducibleArgument); |
| 3518 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 3519 | } |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | // Add the function parameters |
| 3522 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3523 | AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result); |
| 3524 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3525 | AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function); |
| 3526 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3527 | } |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND)) { |
| 3530 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3531 | Ctx, Policy); |
| 3532 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3533 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Template->getNameAsString())); |
| 3534 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle); |
| 3535 | AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, Template, Result); |
| 3536 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle); |
| 3537 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3538 | } |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) { |
| 3541 | Selector Sel = Method->getSelector(); |
| 3542 | if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) { |
| 3543 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3544 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0))); |
| 3545 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3546 | } |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(0).str(); |
| 3549 | SelName += ':'; |
| 3550 | if (StartParameter == 0) |
| 3551 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName)); |
| 3552 | else { |
| 3553 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName)); |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty |
| 3556 | // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type. |
| 3557 | if (Method->param_size() == 1) |
| 3558 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(""); |
| 3559 | } |
| 3560 | unsigned Idx = 0; |
| 3561 | // The extra Idx < Sel.getNumArgs() check is needed due to legacy C-style |
| 3562 | // method parameters. |
| 3563 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), |
| 3564 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); |
| 3565 | P != PEnd && Idx < Sel.getNumArgs(); (void)++P, ++Idx) { |
| 3566 | if (Idx > 0) { |
| 3567 | std::string Keyword; |
| 3568 | if (Idx > StartParameter) |
| 3569 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 3570 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(Idx)) |
| 3571 | Keyword += II->getName(); |
| 3572 | Keyword += ":"; |
| 3573 | if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative) |
| 3574 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword)); |
| 3575 | else |
| 3576 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword)); |
| 3577 | } |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder. |
| 3580 | if (Idx < StartParameter) |
| 3581 | continue; |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | std::string Arg; |
| 3584 | QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType(); |
| 3585 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts; |
| 3586 | if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull()) |
| 3587 | ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method); |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity) |
| 3590 | Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true, |
| 3591 | /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts); |
| 3592 | else { |
| 3593 | if (ObjCSubsts) |
| 3594 | ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs( |
| 3595 | Ctx, *ObjCSubsts, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); |
| 3596 | Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(), |
| 3597 | ParamType); |
| 3598 | Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")"; |
| 3599 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier()) |
| 3600 | if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative) |
| 3601 | Arg += II->getName(); |
| 3602 | } |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd) |
| 3605 | Arg += ", ..."; |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 | if (DeclaringEntity) |
| 3608 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); |
| 3609 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) |
| 3610 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); |
| 3611 | else |
| 3612 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg)); |
| 3613 | } |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { |
| 3616 | if (Method->param_size() == 0) { |
| 3617 | if (DeclaringEntity) |
| 3618 | Result.AddTextChunk(", ..."); |
| 3619 | else if (AllParametersAreInformative) |
| 3620 | Result.AddInformativeChunk(", ..."); |
| 3621 | else |
| 3622 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(", ..."); |
| 3623 | } |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result); |
| 3626 | } |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3629 | } |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | if (Qualifier) |
| 3632 | AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative, |
| 3633 | Ctx, Policy); |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | Result.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 3636 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString())); |
| 3637 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3638 | } |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | const RawComment *clang::getCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 3641 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 3642 | if (!ND) |
| 3643 | return nullptr; |
| 3644 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND)) |
| 3645 | return RC; |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | // Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods. |
| 3648 | const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND); |
| 3649 | if (!M) |
| 3650 | return nullptr; |
| 3651 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); |
| 3652 | if (!PDecl) |
| 3653 | return nullptr; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl); |
| 3656 | } |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | const RawComment *clang::getPatternCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 3659 | const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 3660 | const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND); |
| 3661 | if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor()) |
| 3662 | return nullptr; |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | // Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where |
| 3665 | // GetterName is the getter method for a property with name |
| 3666 | // different from the property name (declared via a property |
| 3667 | // getter attribute. |
| 3668 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl(); |
| 3669 | if (!PDecl) |
| 3670 | return nullptr; |
| 3671 | if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() && |
| 3672 | PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3673 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M)) |
| 3674 | return RC; |
| 3675 | if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl)) |
| 3676 | return RC; |
| 3677 | } |
| 3678 | return nullptr; |
| 3679 | } |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment( |
| 3682 | const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 3683 | const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) { |
| 3684 | auto FDecl = Result.getFunction(); |
| 3685 | if (!FDecl) |
| 3686 | return nullptr; |
| 3687 | if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams()) |
| 3688 | return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex)); |
| 3689 | return nullptr; |
| 3690 | } |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | /// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion |
| 3693 | /// string. |
| 3694 | static void AddOverloadParameterChunks(ASTContext &Context, |
| 3695 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 3696 | const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 3697 | const FunctionProtoType *Prototype, |
| 3698 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Result, |
| 3699 | unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0, |
| 3700 | bool InOptional = false) { |
| 3701 | bool FirstParameter = true; |
| 3702 | unsigned NumParams = |
| 3703 | Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams(); |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 | for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) { |
| 3706 | if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) { |
| 3707 | // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and |
| 3708 | // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string. |
| 3709 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
| 3710 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 3711 | if (!FirstParameter) |
| 3712 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3713 | // Optional sections are nested. |
| 3714 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype, Opt, |
| 3715 | CurrentArg, P, /*InOptional=*/true); |
| 3716 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); |
| 3717 | return; |
| 3718 | } |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | if (FirstParameter) |
| 3721 | FirstParameter = false; |
| 3722 | else |
| 3723 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | InOptional = false; |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | // Format the placeholder string. |
| 3728 | std::string Placeholder; |
| 3729 | if (Function) { |
| 3730 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P); |
| 3731 | Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param); |
| 3732 | if (Param->hasDefaultArg()) |
| 3733 | Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, Context.getSourceManager(), |
| 3734 | Context.getLangOpts()); |
| 3735 | } else { |
| 3736 | Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(P).getAsString(Policy); |
| 3737 | } |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | if (P == CurrentArg) |
| 3740 | Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk( |
| 3741 | Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder)); |
| 3742 | else |
| 3743 | Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder)); |
| 3744 | } |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) { |
| 3747 | CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(), |
| 3748 | Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 3749 | if (!FirstParameter) |
| 3750 | Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | if (CurrentArg < NumParams) |
| 3753 | Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); |
| 3754 | else |
| 3755 | Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk("..."); |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 | Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString()); |
| 3758 | } |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | CodeCompletionString * |
| 3762 | CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString( |
| 3763 | unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
| 3764 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool IncludeBriefComments) const { |
| 3765 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
| 3766 | // Show signatures of constructors as they are declared: |
| 3767 | // vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n) |
| 3768 | // This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases. |
| 3769 | Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true; |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | // FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately. |
| 3772 | CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1, |
| 3773 | CXAvailability_Available); |
| 3774 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction(); |
| 3775 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = |
| 3776 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(getFunctionType()); |
| 3777 | if (!FDecl && !Proto) { |
| 3778 | // Function without a prototype. Just give the return type and a |
| 3779 | // highlighted ellipsis. |
| 3780 | const FunctionType *FT = getFunctionType(); |
| 3781 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 3782 | FT->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); |
| 3783 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3784 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, "..."); |
| 3785 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3786 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3787 | } |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 | if (FDecl) { |
| 3790 | if (IncludeBriefComments) { |
| 3791 | if (auto RC = getParameterComment(S.getASTContext(), *this, CurrentArg)) |
| 3792 | Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(S.getASTContext())); |
| 3793 | } |
| 3794 | AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result); |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | std::string Name; |
| 3797 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name); |
| 3798 | FDecl->getDeclName().print(OS, Policy); |
| 3799 | Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str())); |
| 3800 | } else { |
| 3801 | Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString( |
| 3802 | Proto->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy))); |
| 3803 | } |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 3806 | AddOverloadParameterChunks(S.getASTContext(), Policy, FDecl, Proto, Result, |
| 3807 | CurrentArg); |
| 3808 | Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | return Result.TakeString(); |
| 3811 | } |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName, |
| 3814 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 3815 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) { |
| 3816 | unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro; |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | // Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants. |
| 3819 | if (MacroName.equals("nil") || MacroName.equals("NULL") || |
| 3820 | MacroName.equals("Nil")) { |
| 3821 | Priority = CCP_Constant; |
| 3822 | if (PreferredTypeIsPointer) |
| 3823 | Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch; |
| 3824 | } |
| 3825 | // Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants. |
| 3826 | else if (MacroName.equals("YES") || MacroName.equals("NO") || |
| 3827 | MacroName.equals("true") || MacroName.equals("false")) |
| 3828 | Priority = CCP_Constant; |
| 3829 | // Treat "bool" as a type. |
| 3830 | else if (MacroName.equals("bool")) |
| 3831 | Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0); |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | return Priority; |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) { |
| 3837 | if (!D) |
| 3838 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
| 3841 | case Decl::Enum: |
| 3842 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; |
| 3843 | case Decl::EnumConstant: |
| 3844 | return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl; |
| 3845 | case Decl::Field: |
| 3846 | return CXCursor_FieldDecl; |
| 3847 | case Decl::Function: |
| 3848 | return CXCursor_FunctionDecl; |
| 3849 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| 3850 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl; |
| 3851 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: |
| 3852 | return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
| 3853 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| 3854 | return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl; |
| 3855 | |
| 3856 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: |
| 3857 | return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 3858 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
| 3859 | return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl; |
| 3860 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: |
| 3861 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isInstanceMethod() |
| 3862 | ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl |
| 3863 | : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl; |
| 3864 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
| 3865 | return CXCursor_CXXMethod; |
| 3866 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
| 3867 | return CXCursor_Constructor; |
| 3868 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
| 3869 | return CXCursor_Destructor; |
| 3870 | case Decl::CXXConversion: |
| 3871 | return CXCursor_ConversionFunction; |
| 3872 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: |
| 3873 | return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl; |
| 3874 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: |
| 3875 | return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl; |
| 3876 | case Decl::ParmVar: |
| 3877 | return CXCursor_ParmDecl; |
| 3878 | case Decl::Typedef: |
| 3879 | return CXCursor_TypedefDecl; |
| 3880 | case Decl::TypeAlias: |
| 3881 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl; |
| 3882 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate: |
| 3883 | return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl; |
| 3884 | case Decl::Var: |
| 3885 | return CXCursor_VarDecl; |
| 3886 | case Decl::Namespace: |
| 3887 | return CXCursor_Namespace; |
| 3888 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: |
| 3889 | return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias; |
| 3890 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: |
| 3891 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; |
| 3892 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: |
| 3893 | return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter; |
| 3894 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: |
| 3895 | return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter; |
| 3896 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: |
| 3897 | return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate; |
| 3898 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: |
| 3899 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplate; |
| 3900 | case Decl::AccessSpec: |
| 3901 | return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier; |
| 3902 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 3903 | return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization; |
| 3904 | case Decl::UsingDirective: |
| 3905 | return CXCursor_UsingDirective; |
| 3906 | case Decl::StaticAssert: |
| 3907 | return CXCursor_StaticAssert; |
| 3908 | case Decl::Friend: |
| 3909 | return CXCursor_FriendDecl; |
| 3910 | case Decl::TranslationUnit: |
| 3911 | return CXCursor_TranslationUnit; |
| 3912 | |
| 3913 | case Decl::Using: |
| 3914 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
| 3915 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: |
| 3916 | return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration; |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | case Decl::UsingEnum: |
| 3919 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: |
| 3922 | switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) { |
| 3923 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic: |
| 3924 | return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl; |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 | case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize: |
| 3927 | return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl; |
| 3928 | } |
| 3929 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | case Decl::Import: |
| 3932 | return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl; |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | case Decl::ObjCTypeParam: |
| 3935 | return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter; |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | default: |
| 3938 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { |
| 3939 | switch (TD->getTagKind()) { |
| 3940 | case TTK_Interface: // fall through |
| 3941 | case TTK_Struct: |
| 3942 | return CXCursor_StructDecl; |
| 3943 | case TTK_Class: |
| 3944 | return CXCursor_ClassDecl; |
| 3945 | case TTK_Union: |
| 3946 | return CXCursor_UnionDecl; |
| 3947 | case TTK_Enum: |
| 3948 | return CXCursor_EnumDecl; |
| 3949 | } |
| 3950 | } |
| 3951 | } |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl; |
| 3954 | } |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 3957 | bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined, |
| 3958 | bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) { |
| 3959 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(LoadExternal), |
| 3964 | MEnd = PP.macro_end(LoadExternal); |
| 3965 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 3966 | auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(M->first); |
| 3967 | if (IncludeUndefined || MD) { |
| 3968 | MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo(); |
| 3969 | if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard()) |
| 3970 | continue; |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | Results.AddResult( |
| 3973 | Result(M->first, MI, |
| 3974 | getMacroUsagePriority(M->first->getName(), PP.getLangOpts(), |
| 3975 | TargetTypeIsPointer))); |
| 3976 | } |
| 3977 | } |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 3980 | } |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 3983 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 3984 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | Results.AddResult(Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant)); |
| 3989 | Results.AddResult(Result("__FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant)); |
| 3990 | if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) |
| 3991 | Results.AddResult(Result("__func__", CCP_Constant)); |
| 3992 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S, |
| 3996 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter, |
| 3997 | CodeCompletionContext Context, |
| 3998 | CodeCompletionResult *Results, |
| 3999 | unsigned NumResults) { |
| 4000 | if (CodeCompleter) |
| 4001 | CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(*S, Context, Results, NumResults); |
| 4002 | } |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 | static CodeCompletionContext |
| 4005 | mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) { |
| 4006 | switch (PCC) { |
| 4007 | case Sema::PCC_Namespace: |
| 4008 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | case Sema::PCC_Class: |
| 4011 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 4014 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface; |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 4017 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation; |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 4020 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList; |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | case Sema::PCC_Template: |
| 4023 | case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 4024 | if (S.CurContext->isFileContext()) |
| 4025 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel; |
| 4026 | if (S.CurContext->isRecord()) |
| 4027 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion; |
| 4028 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 | case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 4031 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery; |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | case Sema::PCC_ForInit: |
| 4034 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 || |
| 4035 | S.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 4036 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; |
| 4037 | else |
| 4038 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | case Sema::PCC_Expression: |
| 4041 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression; |
| 4042 | case Sema::PCC_Condition: |
| 4043 | return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, |
| 4044 | S.getASTContext().BoolTy); |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | case Sema::PCC_Statement: |
| 4047 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement; |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | case Sema::PCC_Type: |
| 4050 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 4053 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression; |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 4056 | return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type; |
| 4057 | } |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 4060 | } |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | /// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results |
| 4063 | /// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the |
| 4064 | /// overridden function as well as adding new functionality. |
| 4065 | /// |
| 4066 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results. |
| 4067 | /// |
| 4068 | /// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding |
| 4069 | /// the code-completion point |
| 4070 | static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext, |
| 4071 | ResultBuilder &Results) { |
| 4072 | // Look through blocks. |
| 4073 | DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext; |
| 4074 | while (isa<BlockDecl>(CurContext)) |
| 4075 | CurContext = CurContext->getParent(); |
| 4076 | |
| 4077 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); |
| 4078 | if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual()) |
| 4079 | return; |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | // We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to |
| 4082 | // generate a forwarding call. |
| 4083 | for (auto P : Method->parameters()) |
| 4084 | if (!P->getDeclName()) |
| 4085 | return; |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S); |
| 4088 | for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) { |
| 4089 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4090 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4091 | if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl()) |
| 4092 | continue; |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now. |
| 4095 | if (!InContext) { |
| 4096 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification( |
| 4097 | S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext()); |
| 4098 | if (NNS) { |
| 4099 | std::string Str; |
| 4100 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); |
| 4101 | NNS->print(OS, Policy); |
| 4102 | Builder.AddTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str())); |
| 4103 | } |
| 4104 | } else if (!InContext->Equals(Overridden->getDeclContext())) |
| 4105 | continue; |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4108 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Overridden->getNameAsString())); |
| 4109 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 4110 | bool FirstParam = true; |
| 4111 | for (auto P : Method->parameters()) { |
| 4112 | if (FirstParam) |
| 4113 | FirstParam = false; |
| 4114 | else |
| 4115 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 4118 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName())); |
| 4119 | } |
| 4120 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 4121 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( |
| 4122 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod, |
| 4123 | CXAvailability_Available, Overridden)); |
| 4124 | Results.Ignore(Overridden); |
| 4125 | } |
| 4126 | } |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
| 4129 | ModuleIdPath Path) { |
| 4130 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 4131 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 4132 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 4133 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other); |
| 4134 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator(); |
| 4137 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4138 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 4139 | if (Path.empty()) { |
| 4140 | // Enumerate all top-level modules. |
| 4141 | SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules; |
| 4142 | PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules); |
| 4143 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 4144 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4145 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Modules[I]->Name)); |
| 4146 | Results.AddResult(Result( |
| 4147 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, |
| 4148 | Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available |
| 4149 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); |
| 4150 | } |
| 4151 | } else if (getLangOpts().Modules) { |
| 4152 | // Load the named module. |
| 4153 | Module *Mod = |
| 4154 | PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, |
| 4155 | /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false); |
| 4156 | // Enumerate submodules. |
| 4157 | if (Mod) { |
| 4158 | for (Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(), |
| 4159 | SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end(); |
| 4160 | Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) { |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4163 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString((*Sub)->Name)); |
| 4164 | Results.AddResult(Result( |
| 4165 | Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl, |
| 4166 | (*Sub)->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available |
| 4167 | : CXAvailability_NotAvailable)); |
| 4168 | } |
| 4169 | } |
| 4170 | } |
| 4171 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4172 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 4173 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 4174 | } |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
| 4177 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) { |
| 4178 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 4179 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 4180 | mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, CompletionContext)); |
| 4181 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | // Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of |
| 4184 | // values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are |
| 4185 | // only allowed where we can have an expression. |
| 4186 | switch (CompletionContext) { |
| 4187 | case PCC_Namespace: |
| 4188 | case PCC_Class: |
| 4189 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 4190 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 4191 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 4192 | case PCC_Template: |
| 4193 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 4194 | case PCC_Type: |
| 4195 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 4196 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName); |
| 4197 | break; |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | case PCC_Statement: |
| 4200 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 4201 | case PCC_Expression: |
| 4202 | case PCC_ForInit: |
| 4203 | case PCC_Condition: |
| 4204 | if (WantTypesInContext(CompletionContext, getLangOpts())) |
| 4205 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
| 4206 | else |
| 4207 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 4210 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results); |
| 4211 | break; |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 4214 | // Unfiltered |
| 4215 | break; |
| 4216 | } |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | // If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on |
| 4219 | // the member function to filter/prioritize the results list. |
| 4220 | auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType(); |
| 4221 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) |
| 4222 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(), |
| 4223 | VK_LValue); |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 4226 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 4227 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 4228 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(CompletionContext, S, *this, Results); |
| 4231 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | switch (CompletionContext) { |
| 4234 | case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression: |
| 4235 | case PCC_Expression: |
| 4236 | case PCC_Statement: |
| 4237 | case PCC_RecoveryInFunction: |
| 4238 | if (S->getFnParent()) |
| 4239 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 4240 | break; |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 | case PCC_Namespace: |
| 4243 | case PCC_Class: |
| 4244 | case PCC_ObjCInterface: |
| 4245 | case PCC_ObjCImplementation: |
| 4246 | case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList: |
| 4247 | case PCC_Template: |
| 4248 | case PCC_MemberTemplate: |
| 4249 | case PCC_ForInit: |
| 4250 | case PCC_Condition: |
| 4251 | case PCC_Type: |
| 4252 | case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers: |
| 4253 | break; |
| 4254 | } |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 4257 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 4260 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 4261 | } |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, |
| 4264 | ParsedType Receiver, |
| 4265 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 4266 | bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper, |
| 4267 | ResultBuilder &Results); |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 4270 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
| 4271 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { |
| 4272 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 4273 | ResultBuilder Results( |
| 4274 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 4275 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 4276 | AllowNestedNameSpecifiers |
| 4277 | // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we |
| 4278 | // need an existing symbol or a new one. |
| 4279 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName |
| 4280 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName); |
| 4281 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | // Type qualifiers can come after names. |
| 4284 | Results.AddResult(Result("const")); |
| 4285 | Results.AddResult(Result("volatile")); |
| 4286 | if (getLangOpts().C99) |
| 4287 | Results.AddResult(Result("restrict")); |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4290 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
| 4291 | (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| 4292 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct)) |
| 4293 | Results.AddResult("final"); |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers) { |
| 4296 | Results.AddResult(Result("operator")); |
| 4297 | } |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | // Add nested-name-specifiers. |
| 4300 | if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) { |
| 4301 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); |
| 4302 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy); |
| 4303 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 4304 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, |
| 4305 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 4306 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 4307 | Results.setFilter(nullptr); |
| 4308 | } |
| 4309 | } |
| 4310 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 | // If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a |
| 4313 | // declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could |
| 4314 | // be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with |
| 4315 | // the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions. |
| 4316 | if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && |
| 4317 | DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier && |
| 4318 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && |
| 4319 | DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified && |
| 4320 | DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified && |
| 4321 | !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S && |
| 4322 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 && |
| 4323 | (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope | |
| 4324 | Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) == |
| 4325 | 0) { |
| 4326 | ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType(); |
| 4327 | if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) |
| 4328 | AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, T, None, false, false, Results); |
| 4329 | } |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | // Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not |
| 4332 | // encourage using macros to produce the names of entities. |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 4335 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 4336 | } |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData { |
| 4339 | CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(), |
| 4340 | bool IsParenthesized = false) |
| 4341 | : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false), |
| 4342 | ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {} |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | QualType PreferredType; |
| 4345 | bool IntegralConstantExpression; |
| 4346 | bool ObjCCollection; |
| 4347 | bool IsParenthesized; |
| 4348 | SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls; |
| 4349 | }; |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | namespace { |
| 4352 | /// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators. |
| 4353 | struct CoveredEnumerators { |
| 4354 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen; |
| 4355 | NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr; |
| 4356 | }; |
| 4357 | } // namespace |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context, |
| 4360 | EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 4361 | const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) { |
| 4362 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier; |
| 4363 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) { |
| 4364 | // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to |
| 4365 | // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they |
| 4366 | // may not be visible in this scope. |
| 4367 | Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum); |
| 4368 | } |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4371 | for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) { |
| 4372 | if (Enumerators.Seen.count(E)) |
| 4373 | continue; |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier); |
| 4376 | Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, nullptr, false); |
| 4377 | } |
| 4378 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4379 | } |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | /// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g. |
| 4382 | /// function pointers, std::function, etc). |
| 4383 | static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) { |
| 4384 | assert(!T.isNull())((void)0); |
| 4385 | // Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar. |
| 4386 | // Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote. |
| 4387 | // We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl. |
| 4388 | if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { |
| 4389 | if (Specialization->getNumArgs() != 1) |
| 4390 | return nullptr; |
| 4391 | const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->getArg(0); |
| 4392 | if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) |
| 4393 | return nullptr; |
| 4394 | return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 4395 | } |
| 4396 | // Handle other cases. |
| 4397 | if (T->isPointerType()) |
| 4398 | T = T->getPointeeType(); |
| 4399 | return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 4400 | } |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | /// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified |
| 4403 | /// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names. |
| 4404 | static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 4405 | llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters, |
| 4406 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 4407 | if (!Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 4408 | return; |
| 4409 | CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4410 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4411 | // [](<parameters>) {} |
| 4412 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket); |
| 4413 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("="); |
| 4414 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket); |
| 4415 | if (!Parameters.empty()) { |
| 4416 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 4417 | bool First = true; |
| 4418 | for (auto Parameter : Parameters) { |
| 4419 | if (!First) |
| 4420 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma); |
| 4421 | else |
| 4422 | First = false; |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!"; |
| 4425 | std::string Type = std::string(NamePlaceholder); |
| 4426 | Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Type, PrintingPolicy(LangOpts)); |
| 4427 | llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix; |
| 4428 | std::tie(Prefix, Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(NamePlaceholder); |
| 4429 | Prefix = Prefix.rtrim(); |
| 4430 | Suffix = Suffix.ltrim(); |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Prefix)); |
| 4433 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4434 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter"); |
| 4435 | Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Suffix)); |
| 4436 | }; |
| 4437 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 4438 | } |
| 4439 | Completion.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4440 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 4441 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4442 | Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("body"); |
| 4443 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4444 | Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | Results.AddResult(Completion.TakeString()); |
| 4447 | } |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 | /// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what |
| 4450 | /// type we're looking for. |
| 4451 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
| 4452 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) { |
| 4453 | ResultBuilder Results( |
| 4454 | *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 4455 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 4456 | CodeCompletionContext( |
| 4457 | Data.IsParenthesized |
| 4458 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression |
| 4459 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression, |
| 4460 | Data.PreferredType)); |
| 4461 | auto PCC = |
| 4462 | Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression; |
| 4463 | if (Data.ObjCCollection) |
| 4464 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection); |
| 4465 | else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression) |
| 4466 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue); |
| 4467 | else if (WantTypesInContext(PCC, getLangOpts())) |
| 4468 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
| 4469 | else |
| 4470 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName); |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) |
| 4473 | Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 | // Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about. |
| 4476 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I) |
| 4477 | Results.Ignore(Data.IgnoreDecls[I]); |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 4480 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 4481 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 4482 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 4485 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC, S, *this, Results); |
| 4486 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 | bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false; |
| 4489 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) { |
| 4490 | PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() || |
| 4491 | Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() || |
| 4492 | Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType(); |
| 4493 | if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) { |
| 4494 | EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); |
| 4495 | if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) |
| 4496 | Enum = Def; |
| 4497 | // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like: |
| 4498 | // if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {} |
| 4499 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, CoveredEnumerators()); |
| 4500 | } |
| 4501 | } |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection && |
| 4504 | !Data.IntegralConstantExpression) |
| 4505 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 4508 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false, |
| 4509 | PreferredTypeIsPointer); |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 | // Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function. |
| 4512 | if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 4513 | if (const FunctionProtoType *F = |
| 4514 | TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType)) |
| 4515 | AddLambdaCompletion(Results, F->getParamTypes(), getLangOpts()); |
| 4516 | } |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 4519 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 4520 | } |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, |
| 4523 | bool IsParenthesized) { |
| 4524 | return CodeCompleteExpression( |
| 4525 | S, CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized)); |
| 4526 | } |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E, |
| 4529 | QualType PreferredType) { |
| 4530 | if (E.isInvalid()) |
| 4531 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType); |
| 4532 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjC) |
| 4533 | CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, E.get(), None, false); |
| 4534 | } |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 | /// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by |
| 4537 | /// property name. |
| 4538 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet; |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 | /// Retrieve the container definition, if any? |
| 4541 | static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) { |
| 4542 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4543 | if (Interface->hasDefinition()) |
| 4544 | return Interface->getDefinition(); |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | return Interface; |
| 4547 | } |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4550 | if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) |
| 4551 | return Protocol->getDefinition(); |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | return Protocol; |
| 4554 | } |
| 4555 | return Container; |
| 4556 | } |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | /// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block |
| 4559 | /// declaration \p BD. |
| 4560 | static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 4561 | CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, |
| 4562 | const NamedDecl *BD, |
| 4563 | const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc, |
| 4564 | const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) { |
| 4565 | Builder.AddResultTypeChunk( |
| 4566 | GetCompletionTypeString(BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context, |
| 4567 | Policy, Builder.getAllocator())); |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 | AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, BD, Builder); |
| 4570 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) { |
| 4573 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("..."); |
| 4574 | } else { |
| 4575 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 4576 | if (I) |
| 4577 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | // Format the placeholder string. |
| 4580 | std::string PlaceholderStr = |
| 4581 | FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(I)); |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc && |
| 4584 | BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) |
| 4585 | PlaceholderStr += ", ..."; |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | // Add the placeholder string. |
| 4588 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 4589 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); |
| 4590 | } |
| 4591 | } |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 4594 | } |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | static void |
| 4597 | AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext, |
| 4598 | ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories, |
| 4599 | bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext, |
| 4600 | AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 4601 | bool IsBaseExprStatement = false, |
| 4602 | bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) { |
| 4603 | typedef CodeCompletionResult Result; |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | // Retrieve the definition. |
| 4606 | Container = getContainerDef(Container); |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | // Add properties in this container. |
| 4609 | const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) { |
| 4610 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second) |
| 4611 | return; |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 | // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement |
| 4614 | // expressions. |
| 4615 | if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() || |
| 4616 | !IsBaseExprStatement) { |
| 4617 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); |
| 4618 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4619 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4620 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4621 | return; |
| 4622 | } |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 | // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able |
| 4625 | // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block. |
| 4626 | FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc; |
| 4627 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc; |
| 4628 | findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(P->getTypeSourceInfo(), BlockLoc, |
| 4629 | BlockProtoLoc); |
| 4630 | if (!BlockLoc) { |
| 4631 | Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr); |
| 4632 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4633 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4634 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4635 | return; |
| 4636 | } |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | // The default completion result for block properties should be the block |
| 4639 | // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement. |
| 4640 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4641 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4642 | AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(), |
| 4643 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), Builder, P, |
| 4644 | BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc); |
| 4645 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P)); |
| 4646 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4647 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4648 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 | // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a |
| 4651 | // statement and the block property is mutable. |
| 4652 | if (!P->isReadOnly()) { |
| 4653 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4654 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4655 | AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(), |
| 4656 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, |
| 4657 | CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); |
| 4658 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4659 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getName())); |
| 4660 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal); |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 | std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder( |
| 4663 | getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc, |
| 4664 | BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true); |
| 4665 | // Add the placeholder string. |
| 4666 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk( |
| 4667 | Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr)); |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | // When completing blocks properties that return void the default |
| 4670 | // property completion result should show up before the setter, |
| 4671 | // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default |
| 4672 | // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the |
| 4673 | // call. |
| 4674 | Result R = |
| 4675 | Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, |
| 4676 | Results.getBasePriority(P) + |
| 4677 | (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType() |
| 4678 | ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter |
| 4679 | : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter)); |
| 4680 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4681 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4682 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4683 | } |
| 4684 | }; |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | if (IsClassProperty) { |
| 4687 | for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties()) |
| 4688 | AddProperty(P); |
| 4689 | } else { |
| 4690 | for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties()) |
| 4691 | AddProperty(P); |
| 4692 | } |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 | // Add nullary methods or implicit class properties |
| 4695 | if (AllowNullaryMethods) { |
| 4696 | ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext(); |
| 4697 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()); |
| 4698 | // Adds a method result |
| 4699 | const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) { |
| 4700 | IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0); |
| 4701 | if (!Name) |
| 4702 | return; |
| 4703 | if (!AddedProperties.insert(Name).second) |
| 4704 | return; |
| 4705 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 4706 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 4707 | AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder); |
| 4708 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk( |
| 4709 | Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName())); |
| 4710 | Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M, |
| 4711 | CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty); |
| 4712 | if (!InOriginalClass) |
| 4713 | setInBaseClass(R); |
| 4714 | Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext); |
| 4715 | }; |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | if (IsClassProperty) { |
| 4718 | for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) { |
| 4719 | // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property |
| 4720 | // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't |
| 4721 | // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter. |
| 4722 | if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() || |
| 4723 | M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod()) |
| 4724 | continue; |
| 4725 | AddMethod(M); |
| 4726 | } |
| 4727 | } else { |
| 4728 | for (auto *M : Container->methods()) { |
| 4729 | if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector()) |
| 4730 | AddMethod(M); |
| 4731 | } |
| 4732 | } |
| 4733 | } |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | // Add properties in referenced protocols. |
| 4736 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4737 | for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols()) |
| 4738 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
| 4739 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 4740 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4741 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 4742 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = |
| 4743 | dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4744 | if (AllowCategories) { |
| 4745 | // Look through categories. |
| 4746 | for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories()) |
| 4747 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
| 4748 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 4749 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4750 | InOriginalClass); |
| 4751 | } |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | // Look through protocols. |
| 4754 | for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) |
| 4755 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
| 4756 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 4757 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4758 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | // Look in the superclass. |
| 4761 | if (IFace->getSuperClass()) |
| 4762 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories, |
| 4763 | AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties, |
| 4764 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4765 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 4766 | } else if (const auto *Category = |
| 4767 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) { |
| 4768 | // Look through protocols. |
| 4769 | for (auto *P : Category->protocols()) |
| 4770 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, |
| 4771 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 4772 | IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty, |
| 4773 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 4774 | } |
| 4775 | } |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | static void AddRecordMembersCompletionResults( |
| 4778 | Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results, Scope *S, QualType BaseType, |
| 4779 | ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD, Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) { |
| 4780 | // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers |
| 4781 | // for the base object type. |
| 4782 | Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers(), BaseKind); |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 | // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union. |
| 4785 | Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers(); |
| 4786 | std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts; |
| 4787 | if (AccessOpFixIt) |
| 4788 | FixIts.emplace_back(AccessOpFixIt.getValue()); |
| 4789 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts)); |
| 4790 | SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer, |
| 4791 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 4792 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, |
| 4793 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4796 | if (!Results.empty()) { |
| 4797 | // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar. |
| 4798 | // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something |
| 4799 | // is dependent. |
| 4800 | bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType(); |
| 4801 | if (!IsDependent) { |
| 4802 | for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent()) |
| 4803 | if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) { |
| 4804 | IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext(); |
| 4805 | break; |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | if (IsDependent) |
| 4810 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template")); |
| 4811 | } |
| 4812 | } |
| 4813 | } |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | // Returns the RecordDecl inside the BaseType, falling back to primary template |
| 4816 | // in case of specializations. Since we might not have a decl for the |
| 4817 | // instantiation/specialization yet, e.g. dependent code. |
| 4818 | static RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl(const QualType BaseType) { |
| 4819 | if (auto *RD = BaseType->getAsRecordDecl()) { |
| 4820 | if (const auto *CTSD = |
| 4821 | llvm::dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { |
| 4822 | // Template might not be instantiated yet, fall back to primary template |
| 4823 | // in such cases. |
| 4824 | if (CTSD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared) |
| 4825 | RD = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 4826 | } |
| 4827 | return RD; |
| 4828 | } |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 | if (const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { |
| 4831 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>( |
| 4832 | TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl())) { |
| 4833 | return TD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 4834 | } |
| 4835 | } |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | return nullptr; |
| 4838 | } |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | namespace { |
| 4841 | // Collects completion-relevant information about a concept-constrainted type T. |
| 4842 | // In particular, examines the constraint expressions to find members of T. |
| 4843 | // |
| 4844 | // The design is very simple: we walk down each constraint looking for |
| 4845 | // expressions of the form T.foo(). |
| 4846 | // If we're extra lucky, the return type is specified. |
| 4847 | // We don't do any clever handling of && or || in constraint expressions, we |
| 4848 | // take members from both branches. |
| 4849 | // |
| 4850 | // For example, given: |
| 4851 | // template <class T> concept X = requires (T t, string& s) { t.print(s); }; |
| 4852 | // template <X U> void foo(U u) { u.^ } |
| 4853 | // We want to suggest the inferred member function 'print(string)'. |
| 4854 | // We see that u has type U, so X<U> holds. |
| 4855 | // X<U> requires t.print(s) to be valid, where t has type U (substituted for T). |
| 4856 | // By looking at the CallExpr we find the signature of print(). |
| 4857 | // |
| 4858 | // While we tend to know in advance which kind of members (access via . -> ::) |
| 4859 | // we want, it's simpler just to gather them all and post-filter. |
| 4860 | // |
| 4861 | // FIXME: some of this machinery could be used for non-concept type-parms too, |
| 4862 | // enabling completion for type parameters based on other uses of that param. |
| 4863 | // |
| 4864 | // FIXME: there are other cases where a type can be constrained by a concept, |
| 4865 | // e.g. inside `if constexpr(ConceptSpecializationExpr) { ... }` |
| 4866 | class ConceptInfo { |
| 4867 | public: |
| 4868 | // Describes a likely member of a type, inferred by concept constraints. |
| 4869 | // Offered as a code completion for T. T-> and T:: contexts. |
| 4870 | struct Member { |
| 4871 | // Always non-null: we only handle members with ordinary identifier names. |
| 4872 | const IdentifierInfo *Name = nullptr; |
| 4873 | // Set for functions we've seen called. |
| 4874 | // We don't have the declared parameter types, only the actual types of |
| 4875 | // arguments we've seen. These are still valuable, as it's hard to render |
| 4876 | // a useful function completion with neither parameter types nor names! |
| 4877 | llvm::Optional<SmallVector<QualType, 1>> ArgTypes; |
| 4878 | // Whether this is accessed as T.member, T->member, or T::member. |
| 4879 | enum AccessOperator { |
| 4880 | Colons, |
| 4881 | Arrow, |
| 4882 | Dot, |
| 4883 | } Operator = Dot; |
| 4884 | // What's known about the type of a variable or return type of a function. |
| 4885 | const TypeConstraint *ResultType = nullptr; |
| 4886 | // FIXME: also track: |
| 4887 | // - kind of entity (function/variable/type), to expose structured results |
| 4888 | // - template args kinds/types, as a proxy for template params |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | // For now we simply return these results as "pattern" strings. |
| 4891 | CodeCompletionString *render(Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Alloc, |
| 4892 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &Info) const { |
| 4893 | CodeCompletionBuilder B(Alloc, Info); |
| 4894 | // Result type |
| 4895 | if (ResultType) { |
| 4896 | std::string AsString; |
| 4897 | { |
| 4898 | llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(AsString); |
| 4899 | QualType ExactType = deduceType(*ResultType); |
| 4900 | if (!ExactType.isNull()) |
| 4901 | ExactType.print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)); |
| 4902 | else |
| 4903 | ResultType->print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)); |
| 4904 | } |
| 4905 | B.AddResultTypeChunk(Alloc.CopyString(AsString)); |
| 4906 | } |
| 4907 | // Member name |
| 4908 | B.AddTypedTextChunk(Alloc.CopyString(Name->getName())); |
| 4909 | // Function argument list |
| 4910 | if (ArgTypes) { |
| 4911 | B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 4912 | bool First = true; |
| 4913 | for (QualType Arg : *ArgTypes) { |
| 4914 | if (First) |
| 4915 | First = false; |
| 4916 | else { |
| 4917 | B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma); |
| 4918 | B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 4919 | } |
| 4920 | B.AddPlaceholderChunk(Alloc.CopyString( |
| 4921 | Arg.getAsString(getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S)))); |
| 4922 | } |
| 4923 | B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 4924 | } |
| 4925 | return B.TakeString(); |
| 4926 | } |
| 4927 | }; |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | // BaseType is the type parameter T to infer members from. |
| 4930 | // T must be accessible within S, as we use it to find the template entity |
| 4931 | // that T is attached to in order to gather the relevant constraints. |
| 4932 | ConceptInfo(const TemplateTypeParmType &BaseType, Scope *S) { |
| 4933 | auto *TemplatedEntity = getTemplatedEntity(BaseType.getDecl(), S); |
| 4934 | for (const Expr *E : constraintsForTemplatedEntity(TemplatedEntity)) |
| 4935 | believe(E, &BaseType); |
| 4936 | } |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | std::vector<Member> members() { |
| 4939 | std::vector<Member> Results; |
| 4940 | for (const auto &E : this->Results) |
| 4941 | Results.push_back(E.second); |
| 4942 | llvm::sort(Results, [](const Member &L, const Member &R) { |
| 4943 | return L.Name->getName() < R.Name->getName(); |
| 4944 | }); |
| 4945 | return Results; |
| 4946 | } |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | private: |
| 4949 | // Infer members of T, given that the expression E (dependent on T) is true. |
| 4950 | void believe(const Expr *E, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) { |
| 4951 | if (!E || !T) |
| 4952 | return; |
| 4953 | if (auto *CSE = dyn_cast<ConceptSpecializationExpr>(E)) { |
| 4954 | // If the concept is |
| 4955 | // template <class A, class B> concept CD = f<A, B>(); |
| 4956 | // And the concept specialization is |
| 4957 | // CD<int, T> |
| 4958 | // Then we're substituting T for B, so we want to make f<A, B>() true |
| 4959 | // by adding members to B - i.e. believe(f<A, B>(), B); |
| 4960 | // |
| 4961 | // For simplicity: |
| 4962 | // - we don't attempt to substitute int for A |
| 4963 | // - when T is used in other ways (like CD<T*>) we ignore it |
| 4964 | ConceptDecl *CD = CSE->getNamedConcept(); |
| 4965 | TemplateParameterList *Params = CD->getTemplateParameters(); |
| 4966 | unsigned Index = 0; |
| 4967 | for (const auto &Arg : CSE->getTemplateArguments()) { |
| 4968 | if (Index >= Params->size()) |
| 4969 | break; // Won't happen in valid code. |
| 4970 | if (isApprox(Arg, T)) { |
| 4971 | auto *TTPD = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Params->getParam(Index)); |
| 4972 | if (!TTPD) |
| 4973 | continue; |
| 4974 | // T was used as an argument, and bound to the parameter TT. |
| 4975 | auto *TT = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(TTPD->getTypeForDecl()); |
| 4976 | // So now we know the constraint as a function of TT is true. |
| 4977 | believe(CD->getConstraintExpr(), TT); |
| 4978 | // (concepts themselves have no associated constraints to require) |
| 4979 | } |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | ++Index; |
| 4982 | } |
| 4983 | } else if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { |
| 4984 | // For A && B, we can infer members from both branches. |
| 4985 | // For A || B, the union is still more useful than the intersection. |
| 4986 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || BO->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { |
| 4987 | believe(BO->getLHS(), T); |
| 4988 | believe(BO->getRHS(), T); |
| 4989 | } |
| 4990 | } else if (auto *RE = dyn_cast<RequiresExpr>(E)) { |
| 4991 | // A requires(){...} lets us infer members from each requirement. |
| 4992 | for (const concepts::Requirement *Req : RE->getRequirements()) { |
| 4993 | if (!Req->isDependent()) |
| 4994 | continue; // Can't tell us anything about T. |
| 4995 | // Now Req cannot a substitution-error: those aren't dependent. |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | if (auto *TR = dyn_cast<concepts::TypeRequirement>(Req)) { |
| 4998 | // Do a full traversal so we get `foo` from `typename T::foo::bar`. |
| 4999 | QualType AssertedType = TR->getType()->getType(); |
| 5000 | ValidVisitor(this, T).TraverseType(AssertedType); |
| 5001 | } else if (auto *ER = dyn_cast<concepts::ExprRequirement>(Req)) { |
| 5002 | ValidVisitor Visitor(this, T); |
| 5003 | // If we have a type constraint on the value of the expression, |
| 5004 | // AND the whole outer expression describes a member, then we'll |
| 5005 | // be able to use the constraint to provide the return type. |
| 5006 | if (ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().isTypeConstraint()) { |
| 5007 | Visitor.OuterType = |
| 5008 | ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().getTypeConstraint(); |
| 5009 | Visitor.OuterExpr = ER->getExpr(); |
| 5010 | } |
| 5011 | Visitor.TraverseStmt(ER->getExpr()); |
| 5012 | } else if (auto *NR = dyn_cast<concepts::NestedRequirement>(Req)) { |
| 5013 | believe(NR->getConstraintExpr(), T); |
| 5014 | } |
| 5015 | } |
| 5016 | } |
| 5017 | } |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | // This visitor infers members of T based on traversing expressions/types |
| 5020 | // that involve T. It is invoked with code known to be valid for T. |
| 5021 | class ValidVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ValidVisitor> { |
| 5022 | ConceptInfo *Outer; |
| 5023 | const TemplateTypeParmType *T; |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | CallExpr *Caller = nullptr; |
| 5026 | Expr *Callee = nullptr; |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | public: |
| 5029 | // If set, OuterExpr is constrained by OuterType. |
| 5030 | Expr *OuterExpr = nullptr; |
| 5031 | const TypeConstraint *OuterType = nullptr; |
| 5032 | |
| 5033 | ValidVisitor(ConceptInfo *Outer, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) |
| 5034 | : Outer(Outer), T(T) { |
| 5035 | assert(T)((void)0); |
| 5036 | } |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 | // In T.foo or T->foo, `foo` is a member function/variable. |
| 5039 | bool VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) { |
| 5040 | const Type *Base = E->getBaseType().getTypePtr(); |
| 5041 | bool IsArrow = E->isArrow(); |
| 5042 | if (Base->isPointerType() && IsArrow) { |
| 5043 | IsArrow = false; |
| 5044 | Base = Base->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
| 5045 | } |
| 5046 | if (isApprox(Base, T)) |
| 5047 | addValue(E, E->getMember(), IsArrow ? Member::Arrow : Member::Dot); |
| 5048 | return true; |
| 5049 | } |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | // In T::foo, `foo` is a static member function/variable. |
| 5052 | bool VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) { |
| 5053 | if (E->getQualifier() && isApprox(E->getQualifier()->getAsType(), T)) |
| 5054 | addValue(E, E->getDeclName(), Member::Colons); |
| 5055 | return true; |
| 5056 | } |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 | // In T::typename foo, `foo` is a type. |
| 5059 | bool VisitDependentNameType(DependentNameType *DNT) { |
| 5060 | const auto *Q = DNT->getQualifier(); |
| 5061 | if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T)) |
| 5062 | addType(DNT->getIdentifier()); |
| 5063 | return true; |
| 5064 | } |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | // In T::foo::bar, `foo` must be a type. |
| 5067 | // VisitNNS() doesn't exist, and TraverseNNS isn't always called :-( |
| 5068 | bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSL) { |
| 5069 | if (NNSL) { |
| 5070 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NNSL.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
| 5071 | const auto *Q = NNS->getPrefix(); |
| 5072 | if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T)) |
| 5073 | addType(NNS->getAsIdentifier()); |
| 5074 | } |
| 5075 | // FIXME: also handle T::foo<X>::bar |
| 5076 | return RecursiveASTVisitor::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSL); |
| 5077 | } |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | // FIXME also handle T::foo<X> |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | // Track the innermost caller/callee relationship so we can tell if a |
| 5082 | // nested expr is being called as a function. |
| 5083 | bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) { |
| 5084 | Caller = CE; |
| 5085 | Callee = CE->getCallee(); |
| 5086 | return true; |
| 5087 | } |
| 5088 | |
| 5089 | private: |
| 5090 | void addResult(Member &&M) { |
| 5091 | auto R = Outer->Results.try_emplace(M.Name); |
| 5092 | Member &O = R.first->second; |
| 5093 | // Overwrite existing if the new member has more info. |
| 5094 | // The preference of . vs :: vs -> is fairly arbitrary. |
| 5095 | if (/*Inserted*/ R.second || |
| 5096 | std::make_tuple(M.ArgTypes.hasValue(), M.ResultType != nullptr, |
| 5097 | M.Operator) > std::make_tuple(O.ArgTypes.hasValue(), |
| 5098 | O.ResultType != nullptr, |
| 5099 | O.Operator)) |
| 5100 | O = std::move(M); |
| 5101 | } |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | void addType(const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
| 5104 | if (!Name) |
| 5105 | return; |
| 5106 | Member M; |
| 5107 | M.Name = Name; |
| 5108 | M.Operator = Member::Colons; |
| 5109 | addResult(std::move(M)); |
| 5110 | } |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | void addValue(Expr *E, DeclarationName Name, |
| 5113 | Member::AccessOperator Operator) { |
| 5114 | if (!Name.isIdentifier()) |
| 5115 | return; |
| 5116 | Member Result; |
| 5117 | Result.Name = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 5118 | Result.Operator = Operator; |
| 5119 | // If this is the callee of an immediately-enclosing CallExpr, then |
| 5120 | // treat it as a method, otherwise it's a variable. |
| 5121 | if (Caller != nullptr && Callee == E) { |
| 5122 | Result.ArgTypes.emplace(); |
| 5123 | for (const auto *Arg : Caller->arguments()) |
| 5124 | Result.ArgTypes->push_back(Arg->getType()); |
| 5125 | if (Caller == OuterExpr) { |
| 5126 | Result.ResultType = OuterType; |
| 5127 | } |
| 5128 | } else { |
| 5129 | if (E == OuterExpr) |
| 5130 | Result.ResultType = OuterType; |
| 5131 | } |
| 5132 | addResult(std::move(Result)); |
| 5133 | } |
| 5134 | }; |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | static bool isApprox(const TemplateArgument &Arg, const Type *T) { |
| 5137 | return Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type && |
| 5138 | isApprox(Arg.getAsType().getTypePtr(), T); |
| 5139 | } |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | static bool isApprox(const Type *T1, const Type *T2) { |
| 5142 | return T1 && T2 && |
| 5143 | T1->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() == |
| 5144 | T2->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified(); |
| 5145 | } |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | // Returns the DeclContext immediately enclosed by the template parameter |
| 5148 | // scope. For primary templates, this is the templated (e.g.) CXXRecordDecl. |
| 5149 | // For specializations, this is e.g. ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl. |
| 5150 | static DeclContext *getTemplatedEntity(const TemplateTypeParmDecl *D, |
| 5151 | Scope *S) { |
| 5152 | if (D == nullptr) |
| 5153 | return nullptr; |
| 5154 | Scope *Inner = nullptr; |
| 5155 | while (S) { |
| 5156 | if (S->isTemplateParamScope() && S->isDeclScope(D)) |
| 5157 | return Inner ? Inner->getEntity() : nullptr; |
| 5158 | Inner = S; |
| 5159 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 5160 | } |
| 5161 | return nullptr; |
| 5162 | } |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 | // Gets all the type constraint expressions that might apply to the type |
| 5165 | // variables associated with DC (as returned by getTemplatedEntity()). |
| 5166 | static SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> |
| 5167 | constraintsForTemplatedEntity(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 5168 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> Result; |
| 5169 | if (DC == nullptr) |
| 5170 | return Result; |
| 5171 | // Primary templates can have constraints. |
| 5172 | if (const auto *TD = cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplate()) |
| 5173 | TD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result); |
| 5174 | // Partial specializations may have constraints. |
| 5175 | if (const auto *CTPSD = |
| 5176 | dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC)) |
| 5177 | CTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result); |
| 5178 | if (const auto *VTPSD = dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC)) |
| 5179 | VTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result); |
| 5180 | return Result; |
| 5181 | } |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | // Attempt to find the unique type satisfying a constraint. |
| 5184 | // This lets us show e.g. `int` instead of `std::same_as<int>`. |
| 5185 | static QualType deduceType(const TypeConstraint &T) { |
| 5186 | // Assume a same_as<T> return type constraint is std::same_as or equivalent. |
| 5187 | // In this case the return type is T. |
| 5188 | DeclarationName DN = T.getNamedConcept()->getDeclName(); |
| 5189 | if (DN.isIdentifier() && DN.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("same_as")) |
| 5190 | if (const auto *Args = T.getTemplateArgsAsWritten()) |
| 5191 | if (Args->getNumTemplateArgs() == 1) { |
| 5192 | const auto &Arg = Args->arguments().front().getArgument(); |
| 5193 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) |
| 5194 | return Arg.getAsType(); |
| 5195 | } |
| 5196 | return {}; |
| 5197 | } |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, Member> Results; |
| 5200 | }; |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 | // Returns a type for E that yields acceptable member completions. |
| 5203 | // In particular, when E->getType() is DependentTy, try to guess a likely type. |
| 5204 | // We accept some lossiness (like dropping parameters). |
| 5205 | // We only try to handle common expressions on the LHS of MemberExpr. |
| 5206 | QualType getApproximateType(const Expr *E) { |
| 5207 | QualType Unresolved = E->getType(); |
| 5208 | if (Unresolved.isNull() || |
| 5209 | !Unresolved->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Dependent)) |
| 5210 | return Unresolved; |
| 5211 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
| 5212 | // A call: approximate-resolve callee to a function type, get its return type |
| 5213 | if (const CallExpr *CE = llvm::dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { |
| 5214 | QualType Callee = getApproximateType(CE->getCallee()); |
| 5215 | if (Callee.isNull() || |
| 5216 | Callee->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::BoundMember)) |
| 5217 | Callee = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CE->getCallee()); |
| 5218 | if (Callee.isNull()) |
| 5219 | return Unresolved; |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | if (const auto *FnTypePtr = Callee->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| 5222 | Callee = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType(); |
| 5223 | } else if (const auto *BPT = Callee->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
| 5224 | Callee = BPT->getPointeeType(); |
| 5225 | } |
| 5226 | if (const FunctionType *FnType = Callee->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
| 5227 | return FnType->getReturnType().getNonReferenceType(); |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | // Unresolved call: try to guess the return type. |
| 5230 | if (const auto *OE = llvm::dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(CE->getCallee())) { |
| 5231 | // If all candidates have the same approximate return type, use it. |
| 5232 | // Discard references and const to allow more to be "the same". |
| 5233 | // (In particular, if there's one candidate + ADL, resolve it). |
| 5234 | const Type *Common = nullptr; |
| 5235 | for (const auto *D : OE->decls()) { |
| 5236 | QualType ReturnType; |
| 5237 | if (const auto *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) |
| 5238 | ReturnType = FD->getReturnType(); |
| 5239 | else if (const auto *FTD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| 5240 | ReturnType = FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType(); |
| 5241 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) |
| 5242 | continue; |
| 5243 | const Type *Candidate = |
| 5244 | ReturnType.getNonReferenceType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr(); |
| 5245 | if (Common && Common != Candidate) |
| 5246 | return Unresolved; // Multiple candidates. |
| 5247 | Common = Candidate; |
| 5248 | } |
| 5249 | if (Common != nullptr) |
| 5250 | return QualType(Common, 0); |
| 5251 | } |
| 5252 | } |
| 5253 | // A dependent member: approximate-resolve the base, then lookup. |
| 5254 | if (const auto *CDSME = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E)) { |
| 5255 | QualType Base = CDSME->isImplicitAccess() |
| 5256 | ? CDSME->getBaseType() |
| 5257 | : getApproximateType(CDSME->getBase()); |
| 5258 | if (CDSME->isArrow() && !Base.isNull()) |
| 5259 | Base = Base->getPointeeType(); // could handle unique_ptr etc here? |
| 5260 | RecordDecl *RD = Base.isNull() ? nullptr : getAsRecordDecl(Base); |
| 5261 | if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
| 5262 | for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(CDSME->getMember())) |
| 5263 | if (const ValueDecl *VD = llvm::dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(Member)) |
| 5264 | return VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
| 5265 | } |
| 5266 | } |
| 5267 | return Unresolved; |
| 5268 | } |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | // If \p Base is ParenListExpr, assume a chain of comma operators and pick the |
| 5271 | // last expr. We expect other ParenListExprs to be resolved to e.g. constructor |
| 5272 | // calls before here. (So the ParenListExpr should be nonempty, but check just |
| 5273 | // in case) |
| 5274 | Expr *unwrapParenList(Expr *Base) { |
| 5275 | if (auto *PLE = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Base)) { |
| 5276 | if (PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) |
| 5277 | return nullptr; |
| 5278 | Base = PLE->getExpr(PLE->getNumExprs() - 1); |
| 5279 | } |
| 5280 | return Base; |
| 5281 | } |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | } // namespace |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 5286 | Expr *OtherOpBase, |
| 5287 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| 5288 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, |
| 5289 | QualType PreferredType) { |
| 5290 | Base = unwrapParenList(Base); |
| 5291 | OtherOpBase = unwrapParenList(OtherOpBase); |
| 5292 | if (!Base || !CodeCompleter) |
| 5293 | return; |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); |
| 5296 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) |
| 5297 | return; |
| 5298 | QualType ConvertedBaseType = getApproximateType(ConvertedBase.get()); |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind; |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | if (IsArrow) { |
| 5303 | if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 5304 | ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
| 5305 | } |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | if (IsArrow) { |
| 5308 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess; |
| 5309 | } else { |
| 5310 | if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| 5311 | ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { |
| 5312 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess; |
| 5313 | } else { |
| 5314 | contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess; |
| 5315 | } |
| 5316 | } |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType); |
| 5319 | CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
| 5320 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5321 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, |
| 5322 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 | auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, |
| 5325 | Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool { |
| 5326 | if (!Base) |
| 5327 | return false; |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 | ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow); |
| 5330 | if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid()) |
| 5331 | return false; |
| 5332 | Base = ConvertedBase.get(); |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 | QualType BaseType = getApproximateType(Base); |
| 5335 | if (BaseType.isNull()) |
| 5336 | return false; |
| 5337 | ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind(); |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | if (IsArrow) { |
| 5340 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| 5341 | BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
| 5342 | BaseKind = VK_LValue; |
| 5343 | } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| 5344 | BaseType->isTemplateTypeParmType()) { |
| 5345 | // Both cases (dot/arrow) handled below. |
| 5346 | } else { |
| 5347 | return false; |
| 5348 | } |
| 5349 | } |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 | if (RecordDecl *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType)) { |
| 5352 | AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind, |
| 5353 | RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt)); |
| 5354 | } else if (const auto *TTPT = |
| 5355 | dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(BaseType.getTypePtr())) { |
| 5356 | auto Operator = |
| 5357 | IsArrow ? ConceptInfo::Member::Arrow : ConceptInfo::Member::Dot; |
| 5358 | for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) { |
| 5359 | if (R.Operator != Operator) |
| 5360 | continue; |
| 5361 | CodeCompletionResult Result( |
| 5362 | R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5363 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo())); |
| 5364 | if (AccessOpFixIt) |
| 5365 | Result.FixIts.push_back(*AccessOpFixIt); |
| 5366 | Results.AddResult(std::move(Result)); |
| 5367 | } |
| 5368 | } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
| 5369 | // Objective-C property reference. Bail if we're performing fix-it code |
| 5370 | // completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by ivars, |
| 5371 | // most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value. |
| 5372 | if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) { |
| 5373 | return false; |
| 5374 | } |
| 5375 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = |
| 5378 | BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { |
| 5379 | // Add property results based on our interface. |
| 5380 | assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!")((void)0); |
| 5381 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, |
| 5382 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, |
| 5383 | AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement); |
| 5384 | } |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface. |
| 5387 | for (auto *I : BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals()) |
| 5388 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, |
| 5389 | CurContext, AddedProperties, Results, |
| 5390 | IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false, |
| 5391 | /*InOriginalClass*/ false); |
| 5392 | } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
| 5393 | (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) { |
| 5394 | // Objective-C instance variable access. Bail if we're performing fix-it |
| 5395 | // code completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by |
| 5396 | // ivars, most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value. |
| 5397 | if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) { |
| 5398 | return false; |
| 5399 | } |
| 5400 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; |
| 5401 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr = |
| 5402 | BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 5403 | Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(); |
| 5404 | else |
| 5405 | Class = BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface(); |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses. |
| 5408 | if (Class) { |
| 5409 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType); |
| 5410 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar); |
| 5411 | LookupVisibleDecls( |
| 5412 | Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 5413 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5414 | } |
| 5415 | } |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 | // FIXME: How do we cope with isa? |
| 5418 | return true; |
| 5419 | }; |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, None); |
| 5424 | if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) { |
| 5425 | const CharSourceRange OpRange = |
| 5426 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(OpLoc, OpLoc); |
| 5427 | CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion( |
| 5428 | OtherOpBase, !IsArrow, |
| 5429 | FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, IsArrow ? "." : "->")); |
| 5430 | } |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | if (!CompletionSucceded) |
| 5435 | return; |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 | // Hand off the results found for code completion. |
| 5438 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5439 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5440 | } |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, |
| 5443 | IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
| 5444 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
| 5445 | bool IsBaseExprStatement) { |
| 5446 | IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName; |
| 5447 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassNamePtr, ClassNameLoc); |
| 5448 | if (!IFace) |
| 5449 | return; |
| 5450 | CodeCompletionContext CCContext( |
| 5451 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess); |
| 5452 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5453 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext, |
| 5454 | &ResultBuilder::IsMember); |
| 5455 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5456 | AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties; |
| 5457 | AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true, |
| 5458 | /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties, |
| 5459 | Results, IsBaseExprStatement, |
| 5460 | /*IsClassProperty=*/true); |
| 5461 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5462 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5463 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5464 | } |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) { |
| 5467 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 5468 | return; |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr; |
| 5471 | enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind = |
| 5472 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other; |
| 5473 | switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) { |
| 5474 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: |
| 5475 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum; |
| 5476 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag; |
| 5477 | break; |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: |
| 5480 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion; |
| 5481 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag; |
| 5482 | break; |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: |
| 5485 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: |
| 5486 | case DeclSpec::TST_interface: |
| 5487 | Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct; |
| 5488 | ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag; |
| 5489 | break; |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | default: |
| 5492 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 5493 | } |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5496 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind); |
| 5497 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 | // First pass: look for tags. |
| 5500 | Results.setFilter(Filter); |
| 5501 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer, |
| 5502 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 5503 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) { |
| 5506 | // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers. |
| 5507 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); |
| 5508 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer, |
| 5509 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 5510 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5511 | } |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5514 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5515 | } |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results, |
| 5518 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 5519 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)) |
| 5520 | Results.AddResult("const"); |
| 5521 | if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)) |
| 5522 | Results.AddResult("volatile"); |
| 5523 | if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)) |
| 5524 | Results.AddResult("restrict"); |
| 5525 | if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)) |
| 5526 | Results.AddResult("_Atomic"); |
| 5527 | if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)) |
| 5528 | Results.AddResult("__unaligned"); |
| 5529 | } |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) { |
| 5532 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5533 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 5534 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); |
| 5535 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5536 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); |
| 5537 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5538 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5539 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5540 | } |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 | void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
| 5543 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS) { |
| 5544 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5545 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 5546 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers); |
| 5547 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5548 | AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts); |
| 5549 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) { |
| 5550 | Results.AddResult("noexcept"); |
| 5551 | if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member && !D.isCtorOrDtor() && |
| 5552 | !D.isStaticMember()) { |
| 5553 | if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified()) |
| 5554 | Results.AddResult("final"); |
| 5555 | if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified()) |
| 5556 | Results.AddResult("override"); |
| 5557 | } |
| 5558 | } |
| 5559 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5560 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5561 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5562 | } |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) { |
| 5565 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType())); |
| 5566 | } |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 | void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) { |
| 5569 | if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter) |
| 5570 | return; |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer(); |
| 5573 | // Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case. |
| 5574 | if (!Switch->getCond()) |
| 5575 | return; |
| 5576 | QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); |
| 5577 | if (!type->isEnumeralType()) { |
| 5578 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type); |
| 5579 | Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true; |
| 5580 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); |
| 5581 | return; |
| 5582 | } |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | // Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type |
| 5585 | // by providing the list of |
| 5586 | EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); |
| 5587 | if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition()) |
| 5588 | Enum = Def; |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | // Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement. |
| 5591 | // FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion |
| 5592 | // token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not |
| 5593 | // at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment. |
| 5594 | CoveredEnumerators Enumerators; |
| 5595 | for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC; |
| 5596 | SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) { |
| 5597 | CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC); |
| 5598 | if (!Case) |
| 5599 | continue; |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 | Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
| 5602 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CaseVal)) |
| 5603 | if (auto *Enumerator = |
| 5604 | dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { |
| 5605 | // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which |
| 5606 | // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of |
| 5607 | // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the |
| 5608 | // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not |
| 5609 | // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a |
| 5610 | // template are type- and value-dependent. |
| 5611 | Enumerators.Seen.insert(Enumerator); |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier |
| 5614 | // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g., |
| 5615 | // |
| 5616 | // switch (TagD.getKind()) { |
| 5617 | // case TagDecl::TK_enum: |
| 5618 | // break; |
| 5619 | // case XXX |
| 5620 | // |
| 5621 | // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union, |
| 5622 | // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union, |
| 5623 | // TK_struct, and TK_class. |
| 5624 | Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier(); |
| 5625 | } |
| 5626 | } |
| 5627 | |
| 5628 | // Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned. |
| 5629 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5630 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 5631 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression); |
| 5632 | AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators); |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) { |
| 5635 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); |
| 5636 | } |
| 5637 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5638 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5639 | } |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
| 5642 | if (Args.size() && !Args.data()) |
| 5643 | return true; |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I) |
| 5646 | if (!Args[I]) |
| 5647 | return true; |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | return false; |
| 5650 | } |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 | typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate; |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 | static void mergeCandidatesWithResults( |
| 5655 | Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results, |
| 5656 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc, size_t ArgSize) { |
| 5657 | // Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first. |
| 5658 | llvm::stable_sort(CandidateSet, [&](const OverloadCandidate &X, |
| 5659 | const OverloadCandidate &Y) { |
| 5660 | return isBetterOverloadCandidate(SemaRef, X, Y, Loc, |
| 5661 | CandidateSet.getKind()); |
| 5662 | }); |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 | // Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results. |
| 5665 | for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) { |
| 5666 | if (Candidate.Function) { |
| 5667 | if (Candidate.Function->isDeleted()) |
| 5668 | continue; |
| 5669 | if (!Candidate.Function->isVariadic() && |
| 5670 | Candidate.Function->getNumParams() <= ArgSize && |
| 5671 | // Having zero args is annoying, normally we don't surface a function |
| 5672 | // with 2 params, if you already have 2 params, because you are |
| 5673 | // inserting the 3rd now. But with zero, it helps the user to figure |
| 5674 | // out there are no overloads that take any arguments. Hence we are |
| 5675 | // keeping the overload. |
| 5676 | ArgSize > 0) |
| 5677 | continue; |
| 5678 | } |
| 5679 | if (Candidate.Viable) |
| 5680 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function)); |
| 5681 | } |
| 5682 | } |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 | /// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload |
| 5685 | /// candidates. |
| 5686 | static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef, |
| 5687 | ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) { |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 | // Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments |
| 5690 | // up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all |
| 5691 | // overload candidates. |
| 5692 | QualType ParamType; |
| 5693 | for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) { |
| 5694 | if (const auto *FType = Candidate.getFunctionType()) |
| 5695 | if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FType)) |
| 5696 | if (N < Proto->getNumParams()) { |
| 5697 | if (ParamType.isNull()) |
| 5698 | ParamType = Proto->getParamType(N); |
| 5699 | else if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
| 5700 | ParamType.getNonReferenceType(), |
| 5701 | Proto->getParamType(N).getNonReferenceType())) |
| 5702 | // Otherwise return a default-constructed QualType. |
| 5703 | return QualType(); |
| 5704 | } |
| 5705 | } |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 | return ParamType; |
| 5708 | } |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | static QualType |
| 5711 | ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, |
| 5712 | MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, |
| 5713 | unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
| 5714 | if (Candidates.empty()) |
| 5715 | return QualType(); |
| 5716 | if (SemaRef.getPreprocessor().isCodeCompletionReached()) |
| 5717 | SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates( |
| 5718 | SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates.data(), Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc); |
| 5719 | return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, CurrentArg); |
| 5720 | } |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
| 5723 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 5724 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
| 5725 | Fn = unwrapParenList(Fn); |
| 5726 | if (!CodeCompleter || !Fn) |
| 5727 | return QualType(); |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions. |
| 5730 | // Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely. |
| 5731 | if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args)) |
| 5732 | return QualType(); |
| 5733 | // In presence of dependent args we surface all possible signatures using the |
| 5734 | // non-dependent args in the prefix. Afterwards we do a post filtering to make |
| 5735 | // sure provided candidates satisfy parameter count restrictions. |
| 5736 | auto ArgsWithoutDependentTypes = |
| 5737 | Args.take_while([](Expr *Arg) { return !Arg->isTypeDependent(); }); |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
| 5742 | // Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find. |
| 5743 | SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc(); |
| 5744 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
| 5745 | |
| 5746 | if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) { |
| 5747 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet, |
| 5748 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
| 5749 | } else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) { |
| 5750 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; |
| 5751 | if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
| 5752 | UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); |
| 5753 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; |
| 5754 | } |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit). |
| 5757 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs( |
| 5758 | 1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase()); |
| 5759 | ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(), |
| 5760 | ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end()); |
| 5761 | UnresolvedSet<8> Decls; |
| 5762 | Decls.append(UME->decls_begin(), UME->decls_end()); |
| 5763 | const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase(); |
| 5764 | AddFunctionCandidates(Decls, ArgExprs, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs, |
| 5765 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5766 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase); |
| 5767 | } else { |
| 5768 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; |
| 5769 | if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) |
| 5770 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MCE->getMemberDecl()); |
| 5771 | else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) |
| 5772 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
| 5773 | if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration. |
| 5774 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
| 5775 | !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| 5776 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FD)); |
| 5777 | else |
| 5778 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, FD->getAccess()), |
| 5779 | ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet, |
| 5780 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5781 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { |
| 5784 | // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function |
| 5785 | // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates. |
| 5786 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators. |
| 5787 | if (isCompleteType(Loc, NakedFn->getType())) { |
| 5788 | DeclarationName OpName = |
| 5789 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); |
| 5790 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 5791 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
| 5792 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 5793 | SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn); |
| 5794 | ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(), |
| 5795 | ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end()); |
| 5796 | AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), ArgExprs, CandidateSet, |
| 5797 | /*ExplicitArgs=*/nullptr, |
| 5798 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5799 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
| 5800 | } |
| 5801 | } else { |
| 5802 | // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or |
| 5803 | // function. |
| 5804 | QualType T = NakedFn->getType(); |
| 5805 | if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull()) |
| 5806 | T = T->getPointeeType(); |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 | if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| 5809 | if (!TooManyArguments(FP->getNumParams(), |
| 5810 | ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.size(), |
| 5811 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true) || |
| 5812 | FP->isVariadic()) |
| 5813 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FP)); |
| 5814 | } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
| 5815 | // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function. |
| 5816 | Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FT)); |
| 5817 | } |
| 5818 | } |
| 5819 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size()); |
| 5820 | QualType ParamType = |
| 5821 | ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc); |
| 5822 | return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType(); |
| 5823 | } |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type, |
| 5826 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5827 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 5828 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
| 5829 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 5830 | return QualType(); |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | // A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors. |
| 5833 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = |
| 5834 | isCompleteType(Loc, Type) ? Type->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : nullptr; |
| 5835 | if (!RD) |
| 5836 | return Type; |
| 5837 | |
| 5838 | // FIXME: Provide support for member initializers. |
| 5839 | // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors. |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(RD)) { |
| 5844 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(C)) { |
| 5845 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, C->getAccess()), Args, |
| 5846 | CandidateSet, |
| 5847 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5848 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true, |
| 5849 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); |
| 5850 | } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(C)) { |
| 5851 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
| 5852 | FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, C->getAccess()), |
| 5853 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet, |
| 5854 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
| 5855 | /*PartialOverloading=*/true); |
| 5856 | } |
| 5857 | } |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 | SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results; |
| 5860 | mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size()); |
| 5861 | return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc); |
| 5862 | } |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 | QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp( |
| 5865 | Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 5866 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) { |
| 5867 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 5868 | return QualType(); |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
| 5871 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl); |
| 5872 | if (!Constructor) |
| 5873 | return QualType(); |
| 5874 | // FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well. |
| 5875 | if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl( |
| 5876 | Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, II)) |
| 5877 | return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(getCurScope(), MemberDecl->getType(), |
| 5878 | MemberDecl->getLocation(), ArgExprs, |
| 5879 | OpenParLoc); |
| 5880 | return QualType(); |
| 5881 | } |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 | static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig) { |
| 5884 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Desig.getNumDesignators(); ++I) { |
| 5885 | if (BaseType.isNull()) |
| 5886 | break; |
| 5887 | QualType NextType; |
| 5888 | const auto &D = Desig.getDesignator(I); |
| 5889 | if (D.isArrayDesignator() || D.isArrayRangeDesignator()) { |
| 5890 | if (BaseType->isArrayType()) |
| 5891 | NextType = BaseType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); |
| 5892 | } else { |
| 5893 | assert(D.isFieldDesignator())((void)0); |
| 5894 | auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType); |
| 5895 | if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
| 5896 | for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(D.getField())) |
| 5897 | if (const FieldDecl *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member)) { |
| 5898 | NextType = FD->getType(); |
| 5899 | break; |
| 5900 | } |
| 5901 | } |
| 5902 | } |
| 5903 | BaseType = NextType; |
| 5904 | } |
| 5905 | return BaseType; |
| 5906 | } |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | void Sema::CodeCompleteDesignator(QualType BaseType, |
| 5909 | llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs, |
| 5910 | const Designation &D) { |
| 5911 | BaseType = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D); |
| 5912 | if (BaseType.isNull()) |
| 5913 | return; |
| 5914 | const auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType); |
| 5915 | if (!RD || RD->fields().empty()) |
| 5916 | return; |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 | CodeCompletionContext CCC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess, |
| 5919 | BaseType); |
| 5920 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5921 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCC); |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5924 | for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { |
| 5925 | // FIXME: Make use of previous designators to mark any fields before those |
| 5926 | // inaccessible, and also compute the next initializer priority. |
| 5927 | ResultBuilder::Result Result(FD, Results.getBasePriority(FD)); |
| 5928 | Results.AddResult(Result, CurContext, /*Hiding=*/nullptr); |
| 5929 | } |
| 5930 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 5931 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 5932 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 5933 | } |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) { |
| 5936 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D); |
| 5937 | if (!VD) { |
| 5938 | CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression); |
| 5939 | return; |
| 5940 | } |
| 5941 | |
| 5942 | CodeCompleteExpressionData Data; |
| 5943 | Data.PreferredType = VD->getType(); |
| 5944 | // Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'. |
| 5945 | Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD); |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data); |
| 5948 | } |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen) { |
| 5951 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 5952 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 5953 | mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, PCC_Statement)); |
| 5954 | Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName); |
| 5955 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 5958 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 5959 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 5960 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 | AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Statement, S, *this, Results); |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 | // "else" block |
| 5965 | CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(), |
| 5966 | Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo()); |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | auto AddElseBodyPattern = [&] { |
| 5969 | if (IsBracedThen) { |
| 5970 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 5971 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace); |
| 5972 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 5973 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements"); |
| 5974 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 5975 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace); |
| 5976 | } else { |
| 5977 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace); |
| 5978 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 5979 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statement"); |
| 5980 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon); |
| 5981 | } |
| 5982 | }; |
| 5983 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else"); |
| 5984 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) |
| 5985 | AddElseBodyPattern(); |
| 5986 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 | // "else if" block |
| 5989 | Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else if"); |
| 5990 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace); |
| 5991 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen); |
| 5992 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 5993 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition"); |
| 5994 | else |
| 5995 | Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression"); |
| 5996 | Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen); |
| 5997 | if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) { |
| 5998 | AddElseBodyPattern(); |
| 5999 | } |
| 6000 | Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString()); |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | if (S->getFnParent()) |
| 6005 | AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results); |
| 6006 | |
| 6007 | if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) |
| 6008 | AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false); |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6011 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6012 | } |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6015 | bool EnteringContext, |
| 6016 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, |
| 6017 | QualType PreferredType) { |
| 6018 | if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter) |
| 6019 | return; |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType); |
| 6022 | CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration); |
| 6023 | CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS); |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | // We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope |
| 6026 | // "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since |
| 6027 | // it can be useful for global code completion which have information about |
| 6028 | // contexts/symbols that are not in the AST. |
| 6029 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
| 6030 | // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current |
| 6031 | // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to |
| 6032 | // guess what the specified scope is. |
| 6033 | ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6034 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); |
| 6035 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) |
| 6036 | DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
| 6037 | if (S->getEntity()) { |
| 6038 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(), |
| 6039 | BaseType); |
| 6040 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 6041 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false, |
| 6042 | /*LoadExternal=*/false); |
| 6043 | } |
| 6044 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, |
| 6045 | DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), nullptr, 0); |
| 6046 | return; |
| 6047 | } |
| 6048 | // Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type |
| 6049 | // resolves to a dependent record. |
| 6050 | DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true); |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 | // Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before |
| 6053 | // we look in them. Bail out if we fail. |
| 6054 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); |
| 6055 | if (NNS != nullptr && SS.isValid() && !NNS->isDependent()) { |
| 6056 | if (Ctx == nullptr || RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, Ctx)) |
| 6057 | return; |
| 6058 | } |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6061 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC); |
| 6062 | if (!PreferredType.isNull()) |
| 6063 | Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType); |
| 6064 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | // The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only |
| 6067 | // put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent. |
| 6068 | // FIXME: results is always empty, this appears to be dead. |
| 6069 | if (!Results.empty() && NNS->isDependent()) |
| 6070 | Results.AddResult("template"); |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | // If the scope is a concept-constrained type parameter, infer nested |
| 6073 | // members based on the constraints. |
| 6074 | if (const auto *TTPT = |
| 6075 | dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmType>(NNS->getAsType())) { |
| 6076 | for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) { |
| 6077 | if (R.Operator != ConceptInfo::Member::Colons) |
| 6078 | continue; |
| 6079 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult( |
| 6080 | R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6081 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()))); |
| 6082 | } |
| 6083 | } |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | // Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any. |
| 6086 | // |
| 6087 | // FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually |
| 6088 | // in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with |
| 6089 | // qualified-id completions. |
| 6090 | if (Ctx && !EnteringContext) |
| 6091 | MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, Ctx, Results); |
| 6092 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | if (Ctx && |
| 6095 | (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || !Ctx->isFileContext())) { |
| 6096 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType); |
| 6097 | LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 6098 | /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true, |
| 6099 | /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true, |
| 6100 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 6101 | } |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6104 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6105 | } |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) { |
| 6108 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 6109 | return; |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | // This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we |
| 6112 | // expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case. |
| 6113 | CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName); |
| 6114 | Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true); |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6117 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context, |
| 6118 | &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier); |
| 6119 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 | // If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword. |
| 6122 | if (!S->isClassScope()) |
| 6123 | Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("namespace")); |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 | // After "using", we can see anything that would start a |
| 6126 | // nested-name-specifier. |
| 6127 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 6128 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 6129 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 6130 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 6131 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6134 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6135 | } |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) { |
| 6138 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 6139 | return; |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 | // After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace |
| 6142 | // alias. |
| 6143 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6144 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6145 | CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace, |
| 6146 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias); |
| 6147 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6148 | CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext); |
| 6149 | LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer, |
| 6150 | CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(), |
| 6151 | CodeCompleter->loadExternal()); |
| 6152 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6153 | HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(), |
| 6154 | Results.data(), Results.size()); |
| 6155 | } |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 | void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) { |
| 6158 | if (!CodeCompleter) |
| 6159 | return; |
| 6160 | |
| 6161 | DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); |
| 6162 | if (!S->getParent()) |
| 6163 | Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | bool SuppressedGlobalResults = |
| 6166 | Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx); |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(), |
| 6169 | CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), |
| 6170 | SuppressedGlobalResults |
| 6171 | ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace |
| 6172 | : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, |
| 6173 | &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace); |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) { |
| 6176 | // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined |
| 6177 | // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an |
| 6178 | // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent |
| 6179 | // definition of each namespace. |
| 6180 | std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest; |
| 6181 | for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl> |
| 6182 | NS(Ctx->decls_begin()), |
| 6183 | NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end()); |
| 6184 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) |
| 6185 | OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS; |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each |
| 6188 | // namespace to the list of results. |
| 6189 | Results.EnterNewScope(); |
| 6190 | for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator |
| 6191 | NS = OrigToLatest.begin(), |
| 6192 | NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end(); |
| 6193 | NS != NSEnd; ++NS) |
| 6194 | Results.AddResult( |
| 6195 | CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second), |
| 6196 | nullptr), |
| 6197 | CurContext, nullptr, false); |
| 6198 | Results.ExitScope(); |
| 6199 | } |